Bradford District Local Infrastructure Baseline Study - working draft ...

Local Development Framework for Bradford 

Evidence Base 

Bradford District Local Infrastructure 

Baseline Study 

Working Draft 

October 2011

This page is intentionally left blank 

Bradford District 

Local Infrastructure Baseline Study 

(Working Draft) 

October 2011 

LDF Group, Planning Services 

8th Floor Jacob’s Well 

Bradford BD1 5RW 

1

CONTENTS 

EXECUTIVE SUMMERY 06 

1. INTRODUCTION 07 

1.1 Overview 07 

1.2 Bradford- setting the context 08 

1.3 A Spatial picture of the District 09 

1.4 The Big Plan – our place 11 

1.5 Methodology 11 

1.6 Scope of Work 16 

2. INFRASTRUCTURE BASELINE ANALYSIS 

PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE 20 

1. Transport Infrastructure 20 

• Road Network 

• Rail Network and Major Stations 

• Bus and Coach Services 

• Taxis And Flexible Transport 

• Airports 

• Cycling and Pedestrian Facilities 

• Public Rights of Way 

• Car Parking 

• Petrol Service Stations 

• Vehicle Testing Stations 

• Driving Test Centres 

• Canals 

2. Major Transport Issues and Infrastructure Gaps 39 

3. Transport Strategy and Delivery 42 

4. Leeds City Region Transport Strategy 45 

5. Energy Transmission and Distribution Network 47 

• Gas 

• Electricity 

• Overall Capacity- Gas and Electricity 

• Decentralised and Renewable or Low Carbon Energy/Wind Power 

2

6. Water and Drainage 54 

• Water Supply and Treatment 

• Flood Defences 

• Drainage 

7. Waste Production and Management 65 

• Waste Collection, Treatment and Disposal Services 

• Waste Composition 

• Recycling and Composting in Bradford 

• Future of Waste in Bradford to 2021 

8. Information Technology and Communication 77 

• Broadband and Wireless 

• Telecommunication 

• Mobile Phone Coverage 

• Public Phones 

9. Public Realm 82 

• Footways 

• Street Furniture 

10. Historic legacy 82 

• Listed Buildings 

• Conservation Areas 

• Potential Conservation Areas 

• World Heritage Site 

GREEN INFRASTRUCTURE 86 

1. Parks and Gardens 86 

2. Children’s Play Areas 87 

3. Sports Pitches and Courts 88 

4. Openspace Forests and Woodlands 101 

5. Allotments 102 

6. Village Green 104 

7. Open Country 105 

8. Registered Common Land 105 

3

9. Green Corridors 106 

• Footpaths and Public Right of Way 

• Roads and Footways 

• River Corridors 

• Canal Corridors 

10. Historic Landscapes 108 

• Parks and Gardens 

• Scheduled Ancient Monuments 

• Historic Battlefields 

• Heritage At Risk 

SOCIAL & COMMUNITY INFRASTRUCTURE 112 

1. Housing 112 

• Social Housing 

• Stock Information 

• Affordable Housing Requirements 

2. Education 119 

• Nursery and pre school 

• Primary Schools 

• Secondary Schools 

• School Places 

• Further Education 

• Higher Education 

• Children’s Services 

• Children’s Centre 

• Special Needs and Disability 

3. Employment 130 

• Job centre plus 

• Local Benefit/Tax Offices 

4. Health 130 

• NHS Bradford and Airedale 

• Bradford Teaching Hospital NHS Foundation Trust 

• Airedale NHS Trust 

• Bradford District Care Trust 

• Public Health and Prevention 

5. Gypsies and Travellers Accommodation 155 

4

6. Community Services 157 

• Post Offices 

• Libraries 

• Community Centres 

• Youth Services 

• Social services/over 50s Support 

• Police 

• Fire 

• Ambulance 

• Cemeteries and Crematoria 

• Courts 

• Prisons 

• Hostels 

• Places of Worship 

7. Culture and Leisure 182 

• Museums/Galleries 

• Theatres 

• Cinemas 

• Ten Pin Bowling Alleys, Casinos, Bingo Halls 

• Sports and Recreation Facilities 

• Festivals and Town Centre Programmes 

• Markets 

• Food Stores 

3. NEXT STEPS 195 

Appendices 

Appendix 1 

Appendix 2 

Appendix 3 

Appendix 4 

5

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 

The Bradford District Local Infrastructure Baseline Study is produced to support the Local 

Infrastructure Plan (LIP) which will form part of the evidence base informing the preparation 

of policies of the Local Development Framework (LDF). The LDF will play an important role 

in delivering the vision set out in the The Big Plan - Sustainable Community Strategy for 

Bradford District. 

The purpose of this report is to provide an infrastructure assessment for the District. This has 

included working in partnership with physical, green, social & community infrastructure 

providers to establish what infrastructure provision there is in Bradford District, and 

identifying any gaps or capacity issues within this existing provision. 

In order to ensure that the study was robust the methodology was developed using guidance 

documents from Communities and Local Government and the Planning Advisory Service 

and review of other similar infrastructure plans. The combination of research techniques 

applied included consultation in the form of workshops, individual meetings and telephone 

interviews, analysis of statistical data, and a review of existing and emerging studies. 

The scope of facilities that have been investigated as part of this infrastructure capacity 

assessment includes the following Physical Infrastructure, Green Infrastructure, and Social & 

Community Infrastructure. This is to ensure that the Local Infrastructure Plan embraces all 

matters necessary for the achievement of LDF policies, proposals and aspirations. 

The next stage of the Local Infrastructure Plan will involve an assessment of what 

infrastructure will be required to support development within the District over the plan period, 

who will provide it and how. This will be undertaken via the preparation of the Local 

Infrastructure Plan. 

This will require joint working with key partners including external organisations as the 

implementation of infrastructure solutions often falls to an agency other than the local 

planning authority. There will also be ongoing work with the infrastructure providers and the 

Local strategic Partnership to ensure that their priorities are properly reflected and that there 

is a mechanism to potentially influence priorities of different infrastructure providers. 

The Local Infrastructure Plan will aid all parties to identify and prioritise infrastructure 

provision as part of an integrated approach to planning and infrastructure development and 

delivery. This will ensure services can match demand and that growth is sustainable. 

The framework to be produced and to be incorporated into the Core Strategy will give a clear 

steer on who is responsible for implementing policies and proposals, by when and the 

resources that will be required. This approach will give greater confidence in the 

deliverability of the LDF for Bradford District. 

6

1. INTRODUCTION 

1.1 Overview 

It is important that the polices and proposals of the Core Strategy DPD and the Local 

Infrastructure Plan (LIP) are based on an up-to-date, robust and reliable evidence base to 

ensure a thorough understanding of the needs, opportunities and any constraints of the 

area. 

An assessment of infrastructure has to be led by an overall vision for the development of the 

District as expressed in the Sustainable Community Strategy and Core Strategy. 

Comprehensive and integrated infrastructure planning however cannot be undertaken 

without knowledge of the existing provisions and gaps, likely future requirements as well as 

the standards and forecasting criteria used by the infrastructure providers. The infrastructure 

planning process thus also provides an appropriate forum for integrated decision making 

around land use planning by unlocking opportunities for sustainable development and 

achieving innovative funding and delivery mechanisms. 

This Local Infrastructure Baseline Study (draft) has therefore been produced to set out the 

current infrastructure context in the district, by achieving a basic knowledge and 

understanding of the issues relating to the provision of infrastructure. This will inform the 

emerging Core Strategy and identify how the Council and its key partners intend to 

implement the LDF and deliver the associated infrastructure requirements. 

This report provides a picture of the District in terms of key infrastructure issues and also 

their spatial relevance. It covers physical, social and green infrastructure in Bradford, in 

order to ensure that it embraces all matters necessary for the achievement of LDF policies, 

proposals and aspirations. It draws on a range of information about the important aspects of 

the District including housing, the local economy, environment, transportation and 

community facilities including schools, shopping and sporting facilities that form the evidence 

base for the local infrastructure planning process. 

In accordance with good practice advice by the Planning Advisory Service (PAS), including 

the online Plan Making Manual, the Council considers the gathering of evidence as an 

iterative process which must be continued throughout the plan preparation process. The 

reason for this is because the evidence is key to other aspects of plan production including, 

Sustainability Appraisal, Infrastructure Planning and Delivery, Options Generation and 

Community Engagement. The Local Infrastructure Baseline Study has therefore been 

deliberately left in ‘Draft’ format and will be supplemented with additional information during 

the course of the preparation of the Core Strategy DPD. As part of the ongoing consultation 

process, the report will be made publicly available to all consultees for comments and 

review. 

7

1.2 Bradford – setting the context 

Bradford is a City in West Yorkshire, England. It lies amongst the Pennines, 8.6miles 

(13.8km) west of Leeds city centre. Bradford is surrounded by several smaller settlements 

which together form the City of Bradford Metropolitan District. 

Bradford is the sixth largest city in the UK, by population size, and the fourth largest 

Metropolitan District in England. Population projections for the District show annual growth in 

the population of 4,000 per year to 2028 - making Bradford the fastest growing Metropolitan 

District outside London. Bradford also has a relatively young population, in 2004, Bradford 

had the lowest average age population of all major urban areas in the North of England at 

34.8 years. 

Bradford’s economic performance has seen some improvements in terms of output (GVA) 

and number of jobs, although the rate of improvement has not matched regional or national 

growth. Future developments in the District will boost economic performance as the District 

is predicted (Source: Experian Regional Econometric Model) to have the fastest growing 

economy in the region over the next 10 years. 

Bradford retains a significant manufacturing sector (the third largest in the UK) but recent job 

losses in the face of global competition and economic slump have strengthened the need to 

diversify the economic base in Bradford. 

Today's fastest growing employment sectors are the professional, commercial and service 

industries - including tourism. Bradford's reputation as a base for high technology, scientific 

and computer based industries is growing, building on long traditions of innovation, skills and 

quality products. 

Several major companies have head offices based in the District including Wm Morrison plc, 

Otto UK (Freemans and Grattan), Hallmark Cards UK, Redcats UK (Empire Direct, La 

Redcoute, Vertbaudet and Daxon) and three of the UK’s largest financial institutions - 

Yorkshire Building Society, Bradford & Bingley Building Society and Provident Financial. 

The University of Bradford has leading national research departments in management, 

peace studies and archaeology, health and medical sectors and has strong links to industry 

and the community. The University’s School of Management is ranked 8 th 

in Europe. In 2006, 

the University was ranked 2 nd in the UK for graduate employment. 

Bradford has a strong cultural offer. Saltaire model village is one of only two World Heritage 

Sites in Yorkshire and includes the world’s largest collection of works by the artist David 

Hockney. Haworth and Bronte Country attracts visitors from all over the world while the 

National Media Museum in the city centre is the most visited museum outside London. 

Bradford District covers 143 square miles of which around 60% is classified as rural, 

stretching over parts of the Airedale and Wharfedale Valleys and the Pennine Hills and 

8

Moors. Despite the districts areas of open countryside, Bradford, along with Leeds, has the 

highest population density of the West Yorkshire districts at 1290 people/km 2 . 

Due to the heterogeneous nature of the geography and population of the district, many 

challenges will be posed to both service providers and commissioners of services to ensure 

that the needs of residents are both identified and met. 

1.3 A Spatial Picture of the District 

Bradford is a diverse District with sharp contrasts and challenges. This section sets out 

under several themes the spatial picture of the District together with key facts as an 

indication of where the District is at present. 

Structure and Growth 

Key facts 

Area: 370 km 2 

Total Population : 501,700 (ONS 2008 mid year estimate) 

Population Growth (ONS 2006 based population projections): 

2015 – 555,000 people 

2020 – 589,000 people 

2030 – 649,000 people 

Age group (ONS 2008 based population projections): 

Children (0-15): 22.5% 

Working age (16-64M/59F) : 61.5% 

Older people (65M/60F and over): 16% 

Age and Gender (2001 Census): 

Male 48.1% 

Female 51.9% 

26% up to age 18 

15% aged 65 or over 

Ethnic mix (2001 Census): 

White 78.3% 

Asian or Asian British 18.9% 

Mixed 1.5% 

Chinese or Other 1.0% 

Black or Black British 0.9% 

9

Bradford is a major metropolitan authority located within the West Yorkshire conurbation. It is 

in a key location within the Leeds City Region and also has good links to the North West and 

the Manchester City Region. The District covers an area of approximately 370 km 2 . 

However, unlike many other metropolitan areas, it is not one of unrelieved development, but 

a mixture of urban and country areas with distinctive and attractive landscapes. The 

administrative boundaries and major settlements of the district are shown in the figure below. 

Figure: Administrative boundaries and major settlements within West Yorkshire 

Around one third of the District is built up and the population is approaching half a million 

people. The main urban area of the District is comprised of the City of Bradford. Along the 

Aire Valley (Airedale) to the north of Bradford City are Shipley and several freestanding 

towns of Keighley, Bingley and Silsden and the smaller settlement of Steeton with Eastburn. 

To the north of Airedale within Wharfedale are the freestanding town of Ilkley and the smaller 

settlements of Menston, and Burley In Wharfedale, as well as the village of Addingham. The 

rural areas include many villages including large ones such as Wilsden, and Oakworth as 

well as smaller ones such as Harden, all of which have very limited remains of their original 

agricultural or textile functions but predominantly now serve as commuter settlements of the 

main employment centres in the District and beyond. 

Local Character 

Key facts 

Built heritage: 

1 World Heritage site (Saltaire) 

10

202 Scheduled Ancient Monuments 

1 Historic battlefield (Adwalton Moor) 

36 Public parks with 13 on the historic parks and gardens register. 

59 Conservation areas 

5800 Listed Buildings 

The District has a long history with traces of bronze age (Rombalds moor), Roman (Ilkley), 

Saxon, medieval, Tudor, Georgian and Victorian heritage. The District possesses a rich 

architectural and archaeological heritage, which is highly valued. The District’s industrial 

heritage of mills and associated commercial development from the late 18 th and 19 th 

Centuries is particularly important and reflects the area’s dominance in the textile trade. This 

contributes to the distinctiveness of the District and quality of place. It is also important to the 

economy in terms of tourism in particularly in ‘Bronte’ country. 

The District’s topography is equally rich and diverse, characterised by dramatic contrasts 

from the fringes of the South Pennines in the west to the Wharfe Valley in the north. These 

provide a high quality setting for the settlements in the District but also constrain their 

development and growth. 

The quality of the District’s built and natural heritage is also of major importance to the 

economy in attracting and retaining high quality and high value investment. 

The District comprises a series of escarpments of plateaux with elevations up to 455m O.D., 

and a general decrease in the height of plateau in the east. The escarpments are dissected 

by the Rivers Aire and Wharfe and a number of smaller rivers, including Bradford Beck and 

the River Worth. The valley sides are commonly very steep, in contrast to the flat nature of 

the valley bottoms. The main urban areas and transport routes occur within the valley floor 

of the District. 

1.4 The Big Plan – our place 

The district stretches from the outskirts of Leeds in the east, through Bradford city and 

onwards through the towns of Shipley, Bingley, Keighley and Ilkley, and close to the 

boundaries of the Yorkshire Dales National Park. This results in a diverse mix of 

environments ranging from inner-city areas, through towns and villages and onto high 

Pennine moorland. 

We are proud of our built heritage, including the World Heritage site of Saltaire. The 

redevelopment of Lister’s Mill has been a catalyst for ambitious regeneration in 

Manningham. Four of the district’s parks have coveted green flag status, including the 

11

award-winning Lister Park. Our desire to build on this heritage is reflected in the ambitious 

plans for ‘Park at the Heart’ in the city centre, and in our regeneration master-plans. 

The district’s range of landscapes is extraordinary - from wide valleys rising steeply through 

craggy escarpments up to open moorland; and from vibrant urban centres through densely 

populated residential areas, to idyllic rural villages, each with their own character. 

Unlike many metropolitan districts, only about a third of our 370 square kilometres is built up. 

Much of our moorland and woodland is relatively undisturbed, and provides important 

conservation habitats, as well as drawing visitors who want to enjoy our countryside. 

Farming is still part of our rural economy, but the average size of farmholdings is only 10-15 

hectares, so much farming activity is marginal, often part-time and supported by other 

income. 

This means that while some of our villages have maintained their original agricultural 

functions, such as Oxenhope and Stanbury, many are now largely commuter settlements for 

the main employment centres in the district and beyond. 

Our geography has also resulted in most of the industrial, economic and residential 

development taking place along the valleys and floodplains formed by rivers such as the Aire 

and Wharfe. 77% of our population live within the urban areas of Bradford, Keighley and 

along the Aire valley. 

These urban areas are both the district’s best attributes and biggest challenges. The city of 

Bradford is rich in culture, architecture and attractions –including the National Media 

Museum, the Alhambra Theatre and some of the best Asian cuisine in the UK. It is 

recognised nationally as a significant cultural economy. But it is also the most densely 

populated area of the district: in the inner city, the proportion of households living in terraced 

houses is 59%, and there are some 3,000 back-to-back houses. 

Sharp contrasts are also clear in neighbourhoods like Manningham. Magnificent buildings 

and public spaces such as Cartwright Hall and Lister Park, and elegant crescents and 

squares tell of Manningham’s affluent past as a textile centre. However, for many, a vibrant 

community can be marred by crime, traffic and congestion, sub-standard housing, and ill 

health. 

Such contrasts are an expression of the fact that, of the 354 local authority areas in England, 

the district ranks as the 32nd most deprived, according to the latest measures 1 . 

Two-fifths of our population live in some of the most deprived neighbourhoods in the country. 

And some of these neighbourhoods are adjacent to much more affluent areas. 

1 Office of National Statistics’ indices of multiple deprivation, 2007. These make an assessment 

across income; employment; heath and disability; education; skills and training; access to housing 

and services; environment and crime 

12

Another stark contrast is in the more rural areas, where, unlike most of the district, we score 

badly in terms of access to housing and services. People living in parts of Wharfedale, the 

Worth Valley, Wyke and Tong face geographical and wider barriers to GP surgeries, 

supermarkets, primary schools and post offices, as well as housing. 

The map below illustrates the pattern of deprivation (2007) across the district. It clearly 

shows that many of the urban areas on the edge of the city centre, which grew when our 

manufacturing industries were flourishing, have suffered in the shift to the service and 

knowledge based economy. 

Figure: Bradford’s least and most deprived areas (LSOAs) 2007 

The focus of economic activity now is the city of Bradford, and the well served corridor 

centred on Keighley, Bingley and Shipley. The historic concentrations of employment along 

Canal Road, Thornton Road and Bowling Back Lane have been joined by more recent 

concentrations close to the M606 and M62 motorways. 

We have good transport links with Leeds Bradford Airport, and three rail routes provide key 

connections across the district, and to neighbouring Leeds, as well as providing a trans- 

Pennine link to Manchester via Halifax. Good connections across all types of public transport 

will be increasingly important. Trends show that the district is unlikely to create enough jobs 

on its own to meet the demands of a growing workforce. Links with neighbouring districts will 

be increasingly important to connect people with training and employment. For some, the 

urban centres of Leeds will provide these opportunities, but for many of our rural 

communities, Craven is more important. 

Population trends also mean that we need to be planning for new homes and housing 

developments. The Local Development Framework (LDF) is a new system for making sure 

13

our land, buildings, transport links and green spaces are planned to provide us with 

maximum wellbeing and to meet people’s needs. The LDF will complement our priorities in 

The Big Plan, so that the council takes account of all of the economic development, 

transport, and housing activities that will shape our places across the district in the coming 

years. 

The LDF will help the Council work with its partners to plan for our growing population: to 

plan for homes, jobs, healthcare, education, shops and recreation spaces. It will ensure that 

planning and land-use strategies make the district a focus in West Yorkshire for sustainable 

economic growth, with high quality employment and housing. 

1.5 Methodology 

The methodology has been informed by guidance in the planning advisory service (PAS) 

Infrastructure Planning & Delivery Resource book. The methodology has also been 

influenced by the approach adopted for the Regional Integrated Infrastructure Scoping Study 

for the Yorkshire and Humber (prepared by Arup for the Yorkshire and Humber Assembly, 

2008) and similar studies from across the country. Previous studies, including ‘Shaping 

Neighbourhoods’ (Barton H. et al., 2003) has been useful in establishing methods and 

standards. 

Figure: Infrastructure Planning Process (Source: PAS, 2008) 

The principal outcome for this stage in the process of preparing the LIP has been the 

identification of the existing provision and capacity of infrastructure in the District by different 

services. 

14

In order to ensure that the study was robust, the methodology was developed using the 

following guidance documents from the Department of Communities and Local Government 

and the Planning Advisory Service: 

• PAS Infrastructure Planning & Delivery Resource Book (December 2008) 

• Planning Policy Statement 12: Local Spatial Planning (June 2008); 

• Infrastructure Delivery – Spatial Plans in Practice: Supporting the reform of local 

planning (June 2008); 

• Implementing your local development framework: the integration of infrastructure 

and development in plan-making (April 2008). 

The process broadly involved desk based analysis, interviews and discussions with 

infrastructure providers, and discussions with those responsible for infrastructure delivery 

within the Council. 

A technical assessment was carried out on each of following infrastructure types: Transport; 

Utilities; Communications; Flood Risk and Drainage; Waste and Recycling; Green 

Infrastructure, Open Space and Public Space; Sport, Leisure and Recreation; Community 

and Cultural; Education; Health; and Emergency Services. To gain accurate information 

across all these infrastructure types meetings were held with the following organisations and 

Council teams and departments. 

Council Departments and Teams: External Infrastructure Providers: 

• Planning Policy and Development Control 

• Major Development Team 

• Asset Management 

• Housing 

• Transportation and Highways 

• Economic Development Services 

• Minerals and Waste 

• Environment and Neighbourhood 

• Design and Conservation 

• Libraries 

• Museums and Galleries 

• British Waterways 

• Bradford and Airedale NHS 

• Education Bradford 

• West Yorkshire Police 

• West Yorkshire Fire & Rescue 

• Yorkshire Ambulance Service 

• Environment Agency 

• West Yorkshire Archaeological 

Advisory Service 

• Highways Agency 

• English Heritage 

• Natural England 

• Post Office Ltd. 

• British Telecom 

• Virgin Media Ltd 

• West Yorkshire Metro 

• First Bus Bradford 

• Yorkshire Water 

• National Grid 

• Network Rail 

15

This consultation approach, with its emphasis on partnership working, has ensured a more 

accurate understanding and assessment of current infrastructure. The next stage of 

consultation will be aimed at identifying what infrastructure will be required to support 

development as proposed in the core strategy preferred options report, the means by which 

this infrastructure could be provided and would seek to secure commitment from utility 

companies and other service providers to their role in its delivery. 

The review of the evidence bases and identification of the main infrastructure issues were 

carried out in two stages. The first stage was to carry out a literature review to understand 

the current level of infrastructure provisions within the district. This included an assessment 

of whether this existing infrastructure was fit for purpose and satisfying the needs and 

requirements of the existing population and land use patterns. A range of strategic and 

technical studies and reports including the Core Strategy Baseline Analysis Report, Bradford 

District Settlement Study (draft), Bradford District Growth Assessment (draft) and the 

Regional Integrated Infrastructure Study (Y&H Assembly, 2008) have been helpful to inform 

the assessment exercise. 

This was followed by an appraisal of planned infrastructure delivery as set out in plans and 

strategies. This involved the identification of relevant agencies / bodies providing 

infrastructure and seeking more information from each of them. An analysis was then 

undertaken of the relevant strategies and plans of each provider to establish the capital 

infrastructure projects that were being planned. Individual meetings were then held with each 

infrastructure provider. Where this was not possible telephone and email conversations took 

place.This has resulted in an analysis which- 

- provided further commentary as to the current, planned and future infrastructure 

requirements; 

- determined whether the current approach to infrastructure delivery will meet the 

needs of the current and future population and spatial development patterns; 

- presented findings spatially, drawing out key infrastructure issues by settlement 

and highlighting timing and / or phasing issues. 

- determined an indicative set of costs associated with delivery of planned and 

future infrastructure; 

- gained an understanding as to whether there is funding in place to deliver the 

infrastructure planned and required; and 

Where an infrastructure type has been deemed of critical importance further research has 

been carried out to understand the implications of this infrastructure and wider discussions 

have been undertaken with relevant stakeholders. 

1.6 Scope of Work 

The table below gives a summary of the infrastructure types which have been reviewed and 

will be assessed. This has been short listed from an initial long list of infrastructure 

categories and agreed by the relevant partners. The table represents social, physical and 

green infrastructure and will form the core infrastructure types for the rest of the study. 

16

Section 2 onwards then present an evidence base review of each of the infrastructure types. 

PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE 

Transport 

• Road 

• Rail 

• Bus 

• Taxis 

• Travel Management 

• Airports 

• Cycle/Pedestrian Facilities 

• Car Parking 

• Fuel Connectors 

• Vehicle Testing stations 

• Driving Tests 

• Canals 

Energy 

• Transmission and distribution system for Gas 

• Transmission and distribution system for Electricity 

• Decentralised and renewable or low carbon energy 

• Wind power 

Water and drainage 

• Water supply 

• Waste water 

• Drainage 

• Flood defences 

Waste 

• Collection 

• Disposal 

ITC 

• Broadband and wireless 

• Public phones 

Public realm 

• Footways 

• Street furniture 

Historic legacy 

• Listed buildings 

• Conservation areas 

• Scheduled ancient monuments 

17

GREEN INFRASTRUCTURE 

Open space 

• Parks 

• Childrens play areas 

• Sports pitches and courts 

• Country parks 

• Green public realm 

• National parks 

• Open space forests and woodlands 

• Allotments 

• Footpaths 

Rivers & Canals 

• River corridors 

• Canal corridors 

Historic landscapes 

• Historic sites 

SOCIAL & COMMUNITY INFRASTRUCTURE 

Affordable housing 

• Social rented, intermediate 

Education 

• Nursery and pre school 

• Primary 

• Secondary 

• Further education 

• Higher education 

Employment 

• Job centre plus 

Benefits/tax 

• Local benefit/Tax Offices 

Health 

• Hospitals 

• Health Centres/GP surgeries 

• Public health and prevention 

Gypsies and travellers 

• Sites and facilities 

Post offices 

• Main post offices 

• Sub post offices 

• Sorting offices 

• Parcels 

18

Community Services 

• Libraries 

• Community centres 

• Youth 

• Social services/over 50s/support 

• Police 

• Fire 

• Ambulance 

• Cemeteries and crematoria 

• Courts 

• Prisons 

• Hostels 

• Places of worship 

Culture 

• Museums/galleries 

• Theatres 

• Cinemas 

Leisure 

• Sports centres 

• Swimming pools 

• Festivals and town centre programmes 

• Markets 

• Food stores 

• Cinemas 

• Ten Pin Bowling alleys 

• Casinos/Bingo Halls 

19

INFRASTRUCTURE BASELINE ANALYSIS 

The following sections outline the capacity situation for each infrastructure type, identifying 

the organisation responsible for that service and investigating how the service is provided. 

The current provision has been assessed using available evidence from the Council, 

infrastructure providers and national data sources, including Best Value reports. Where 

appropriate, geographical information systems (GIS) have been used to create spatial maps 

and analyse data. 

PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE 

1. Transport Infrastructure 

A safe, efficient and integrated transport system is the key to quality of life for those living, 

working and visiting Bradford. It is also important to the economic prospects of the district. 

The Local Planning Authority therefore aims to produce a safe and effective modern 

transport system which caters for the need of all users; a transport system which contributes 

to the regeneration of the district, with an attractive public transport network, reduced 

reliance on the car and much improved air quality. 

These aims are being promoted through the Bradford District Transport Strategy 2006-2011, 

the West Yorkshire Local Transport Plan (LTP) and the Leeds City Region Transport 

Strategy (2009). 

1.1 Road Network 

A total of 1,187 miles (1911kms) of road network 2 exists within the District, broken down into 

trunk roads (12 miles/20kms); principal roads (86 miles/138 kms); non-principal roads (125 

miles/201kms) and unclassified roads (964 miles/1552kms). There are a number of 

unsurfaced roads in the district which provide an extra resource for rights of way users. 

Within or adjacent to Bradford District there are two sections of the Strategic Road Network 

(SRN) managed by the Highways Agency on behalf of the Secretary of State for Transport. 

These are: 

• Part of the M606 north of M62 Junction 26 (Chain Bar). 

• The M62 between Junction 25 (Brighouse) and Junction 27 (Gildersome). 

The M606 has dual two lane capacity with an additional lane north-bound from Junction 26 

whilst the section of the M62 between Junctions 25 and 27 has dual three lane capacity and 

all junctions are grade separated. The rail network does not function as part of the national 

strategic network owing to the ‘hub’ role of Leeds. 

2 Source: Department of Transport figures 2004 

20

Figure: Bradford District Transport Network 

The M606 is the principal link between the City of Bradford and the rest of the district to the 

national M62 motorway network. The A650 and the A629 is the principal road through 

Airedale. The A65 is the principal road through Wharfedale. Bradford Council is responsible 

for the maintenance of the transport network via the Highways Act 1980 and the New Roads 

and Street Works Act 1991. The Highway Agency has the responsibility for the 

management, safe operation and maintenance of the M606. 

The Transport Asset Management Plan (TAMP) is used to aid the most appropriate 

allocation of resources to ensure the management operation, preservation and enhancement 

of the public highway network, car parks and pedestrian facilities. The progress of the TAMP 

is measured through the West Yorkshire Local Transport Plan (LTP) process. 

Bradford Councils Urban Traffic and Management Control (UTMC) ensure effective 

operation and maintenance of the traffic signal network. 

The Council works with partner agencies to ensure effective maintenance of the transport 

network and infrastructure outside of its control. This includes the Highways Agency in the 

case of the Trunk Road network, West Yorkshire Urban Traffic Control (WYUTC) for the 

traffic signal network, WYPTE for bus stop infrastructure and interchanges, and Network Rail 

with respect to the rail network. 

1.2 Rail Network and Major Stations 

There are 67 Metro Train stations in West Yorkshire and Bradford is connected to all of them 

through a mix of long-distance and local services operating on 12 different metro train lines. 

21

The city is centrally served by Bradford Interchange to the south of the city centre and by 

Forster Square to the north. There are 12 other trains stations located within the boundary of 

the district and served by a range of local and national services. 

MetroTrain stations in Bradford District are: 

1. Baildon 

2. Ben Rhydding 

3. Bingley 

4. Bradford Forster Square 

5. Bradford Interchange 

6. Burley-in-Wharfedale 

7. Crossflatts 

8. Frizinghall 

9. Ilkley 

10. Keighley 

11. Menston 

12. Saltaire 

13. Shipley 

14. Steeton and Silsden 

Table : Journey Times and Frequency to Metro Stations from Bradford 

Location Journey Time (1-way) 1 Frequency (daytime) 

New Pudsey 8 minutes 4 tph 

Shipley 9 minutes 2 tph 

Baildon 14 minutes 2 tph 

Halifax 14 minutes 4 tph 

Bingley 16 minutes 2 tph 

Guiseley 19 minutes 2 tph 

Leeds 

20 minutes 

4 tph to Interchange 

(via Caldervale line) 

4 tph to Forster Square 

(via Airedale & Wharfdale lines) 

Keighley 23 minutes 2 tph 

Brighouse 26 minutes 1 tph 

Hebden Bridge 30 minutes 2 tph 

Ilkley 33 minutes 2 tph 

Morley 

1 change 47 minutes 1 tph Morley - Leeds 

4 tph Leeds - Bradford 

Dewsbury 

1 change 48 minutes 1 tph Deswbury - Leeds 

Horsforth 

Wakefield 

(Westgate) 

1 change 50 minutes 

1 change 50 minutes 


2 tph Horsforth - Leeds 


2 tph Wakefield Westgate –Leeds 


1 Journey times taken from National Rail enquiries journey planner to arrive 0900 with least 

changes possible. 

Description of some of the major train stations and their services are presented below: 

22

Bradford Interchange 

Bradford Interchange is on the Caldervale Line and is one of the two railway stations serving 

the city of Bradford. The other station is, as mentioned above, Forster Square, ten minutes' 

walk away. 

During Monday to Saturday daytimes, services run every 15 minutes between the 

Interchange and Leeds, and hourly onwards to York and Selby respectively. On evenings 

and Sundays there is a half-hourly service to Leeds and usually hourly to York. 

In the other direction there is a train every 15 minutes to Halifax with two trains an hour 

continuing to Manchester Victoria (one limited stop, the other serving all stations to 

Rochdale), one to Blackpool North and one to Wakefield Westgate via Huddersfield where 

customers can change for Sheffield and Manchester Airport. 

Sundays there is a half-hourly service to Halifax with an hourly service on to Manchester 

Victoria and one train an hour alternates between Blackpool North and Huddersfield. 

Due to the geography of Bradford, the station was built as a terminus. Trains have to reverse 

out of the station, and drivers have to change to the other end of the train. 

Recently it has been announced that direct rail services between Bradford Interchange and 

London are set to return for the first time in more than a decade. Grand Central Railway - an 

open-access company that operates services between London and Sunderland, have 

proposed to run services into Bradford Interchange using the East Coast Main Line from 

Kings Cross via Halifax, Brighouse, Wakefield Kirgate, Pontefract Monkhill and Doncaster 

under the name the ‘West Riding Service’. The Office of Rail Regulation (ORR) has granted 

Great Central Railway permission to run three return services a day between the 

Interchange and Kings Cross and it is scheduled to start from December 13, 2009 using 

125mph streamlined trains. 

Bradford Forster Square 

Trains from Bradford Forster Square are operated by Northern Rail and National Express 

East Coast. Most trains are run by Northern Rail; these are towards Leeds (on the Leeds- 

Bradford Line), Skipton (on the Airedale Line) and Ilkley (on the Wharfedale Line). During 

Monday to Saturday daytimes, trains operate every 30 minutes on each route. During the 

evenings, there are trains every hour to each of Skipton and Ilkley; on Sundays these run 

every two hours. At these times there are no trains to Leeds; passengers have to change at 

Shipley. 

National Express East Coast operates around three services per day via Leeds and the East 

Coast Main Line to London Kings Cross. 

23

Shipley 

Train services are mostly commuter services between Leeds and Bradford, and from the 

Airedale Line and the Wharfedale Line into Leeds and Bradford. 

During Monday to Saturday daytimes, these operate every 30 minutes on each of the 

following routes: 

• Leeds-Bradford Forster Square; 

• Leeds-Skipton; 

• Bradford Forster Square-Skipton; 

• Bradford Forster Square-Ilkley. 

In Evenings a half hourly service is maintained between Leeds and Skipton. Ilkley and 

Skipton to Bradford are hourly. There is no direct service between Leeds and Bradford but a 

shuttle from Shipley to Bradford connects with Leeds departures. On Sundays, Ilkley/Skipton 

- Bradford is every 2 hours with Skipton and Bradford to Leeds every hour. 

There are also a number of trains each day from Leeds to Carlisle (six each way weekdays, 

seven on Saturdays and three on Sundays) and Morecambe (four on weekdays, two or four 

on Sundays; both routes operated by Northern Rail), and from Bradford Forster Square to 

London King's Cross (via Leeds), operated by NXEC. 

Keighley 

The station is located on the Airedale Line and managed by Northern Rail, who operate most 

of the passenger trains serving it. Electric trains operate frequently from Keighley towards 

Bradford Forster Square, Leeds and Skipton. Longer distance trains on the Leeds to 

Morecambe Line and Settle to Carlisle Line also call here. 

Keighley is also the northern terminus of the Keighley and Worth Valley Railway. This is a 

heritage branch-line railway run by volunteers that was originally built by the Midland 

Railway and opened in 1867. Closed to passenger traffic in 1962, it was reopened by the 

K&WVR Preservation Society six years later and is now a popular tourist attraction. 

There is a half-hourly service from Keighley to both Leeds and Bradford Forster Square and 

four trains an hour on to Skipton during Monday to Saturday daytime. The evening frequency 

is hourly to Bradford and half hourly to Leeds, with three trains per hour to Skipton. On 

Sundays there is an hourly service to Leeds and a two-hourly service to Bradford with two or 

three trains per hour to Skipton. There is usually one longer distance train per hour to either 

Carlisle or Morecambe. 

In addition to the above, National Express East Coast operate one train daily to London 

King's Cross, via Leeds and the East Coast Main Line. 

24

The Keighley and Worth Valley service runs daily during the summer and at weekends in 

other seasons. 

Figure: Annual rail passenger usage of Bradford Stations* 

Millions 

3 

2.5 

2 

1.5 

1 

0.5 

0 

Bradford 

Interchange 

Annual rail passenger usage 


Forster 

Square 

Shipley Keighley Ilkley 

2004/05 2005/06 2006/07 

* Annual passenger usage based on sales of tickets in stated financial year(s) which end 

or originate at Bradford Interchange from Office of Rail Regulation statistics. 

Rail is expected to continue to be the dominant public transport mode in those corridors 

where it exists, notably Airedale. Airedale and Wharfedale services are the busiest in the 

West Yorkshire network as are Shipley and the two Bradford stations. However, 

overcrowding on some peak services into both Bradford city centre stations is still an issue 

and needs to be addressed. Whilst the high standard of the Forster Square service is 

recognised, services to the south of the city via Bradford Interchange are of poor quality in 

terms of both rolling stock and infrastructure provision and considerable investment is 

needed. 

The immediate investment priorities for the local network are set out in Metro’s Rail Plan 6. 

This identifies two of the four proposed new stations (Apperley Bridge, Horsforth, Kirkstall 

and Low Moor) as being in Bradford district with Low Moor the most ready to introduce. This 

does not include the Manningham station proposed in the Masterplan. The logic for this 

station is strong as part of a recasting of Bradford Forster Square – Leeds services which 

will also serve a new station in north Bradford at Apperley Bridge. 

1.3 Bus and Coach Services 

First Group at present run the majority of the local bus network around Bradford, including 

the high-frequency core ‘Overground’ network, and services to Leeds, Halifax and 

Huddersfield. 

25

Other services are run by: 

• Arriva – operate longer distance services to Dewsbury, Wakefield and Sheffield 

• Transdev Keighley and District Travel – operate the local Keighley network including 

a number of Bradford connections 

• Black Prince Buses – operate a number of services to Leeds. 

High frequency bus networks have been developed in Bradford and Keighley and there has 

been investment made by operators in high quality corridors such as the Keighley-Bradford 

662 route. A ‘guided bus’ corridor has also been developed on Manchester Road (A640) 

which has retained patronage levels. 

Table: Major bus stations in Bradford. 

Description : 

List of Main 

Operators 

using this bus 

station : 


Interchange 

29 Drive-In Reverse 

Out stands. 1 set 

down only stand. 

Upper and lower 

concourse. On same 

site as Bradford 

Interchange railway 

station. 

Arriva, First, Halifax 

Joint Committee, TLC 

Travel, Transdev 

Keighley and District, 

National Express 

Keighley Bus 

Station 

17 stand Drive-In 

Reverse-Out bus 

station with 

central 

passenger 

concourse. 

Jacksons, 

Transdev 

Burnley and 

Pendle, 

Transdev 

Keighley and 

District, Tyrer 

Tours 

Ilkley Bus 

Station 

3 bus shelters 

surrounding a 

layover and car 

parking area. 

Next to Ilkley rail 

station. 

First, Transdev 

Keighley and 

District, Pride of 

the Dales. 

Daily Footfall : 25,803 17,324 2,288 5,518 

Recent major 

improvement 

2001 Rebuilt in 2002 Rebuilt in 1998 

Staffed: Yes Yes No No 

CCTV 

Coverage: 

Facilities: 

Shipley Market 

Place 

Drive through 

bus point on 

public highway 

(Market Square) 

- 9 stands. 

First, Transdev 

Keighley and 

District, National 

Express 

Complete 

upgrading 

Yes Yes Yes Yeas 

Baby Changing 

Facilities, Cafe*, 

Disabled Persons 

Toilet, Escalators, 

Information Help 

Point, Lifts, 

Newsagent*, Photo 

Booths, Toilets, 

Travel Centre, 

Baby Changing 

Facilities, Cash 

Machines, 

Disabled Toilets, 

Newsagent, 

Photo Booths, 

Toilets, Travel 

Centre*, 

Telephones. 

Real Time 

Information, 

Information Help 

Point, 

Newsagent, 

Telephones, 

Travel Centre 

Maintained by 

Metro: 

Yes Yes Yes Yes 

* Facility not provided by Metro 

Cafe*, Disabled 

Toilet*, 

Newsagents*, 

Telephones, 

Toilets* 

26

The MetroConnect (737 and 747) services connect the city to Leeds Bradford International 

Airport and call at both the Bradford Interchange and Forster Square stations. MetroConnect 

MC3 provides services in Little Horton area connecting Smiddles Lane - Great Horton - Little 

Horton - West Bowling. 

AccessBus, a dial-a-ride bus service operated by the Metro, provides door-to-door local 

transport to people who are unable to use conventional bus services. The service is free of 

charge to residents of Bradford and operates between: 

• 9am and 5.30pm Monday to Saturday 

• 9am - 5pm on Sunday. 

• A limited evening service is available to groups of 5 or more. 

Due to the very high demand for the service travel is restricted to local journeys only. Most 

trips are for shopping purposes, such as to the local supermarket or shopping centre, but 

also provides a limited number of journeys for social purposes, e.g. to the local community 

centres. 

Bus services in Bradford are very well used across the district and is rated one of the top 

services within West Yorkshire. The outcome of public opinion surveys undertaken in 2008 

by independent researchers on behalf of Metro has highlighted that 73% of Bradford 

respondents who used local bus services were satisfied with those services (BVPI 103). This 

was significantly higher than the West Yorkshire average of 67% and was the highest level 

of satisfaction of the five districts of west Yorkshire. Furthermore, 82% of Bradford 

respondents who used local bus services were satisfied with local provision of public 

transport information (BVPI 104). Again this was the highest level of satisfaction within West 

Yorkshire. 

Satisfaction levels relating to the safety, cleanliness and reliability were also found to be 

higher in Bradford than the West Yorkshire average and these have increased compared to 

previous years. 

Recently the council has adopted a ‘Bus Action Plan 2008-11’ in partnership with the Metro, 

West Yorkshire Police and bus operators First, Keighley & District Travel and Arriva which 

recognises the comparatively positive performances of the district’s bus services and 

identified a number of specific areas where further measures is needed to improve the 

services including congestion and punctuality, effective interchange and bus stop 

infrastructure and better accessibility. 

There is also a Freecitybus service funded by Bradford Council and Metro that run every ten 

minutes from 7am to 7pm Monday to Friday and 8am to 5:30pm on Saturdays covering the 

city centre, the university and the college campus. 

27

Figure: City Centre Free Bus Route 

The service was initially launched on 29 September 2008 with a six month trial ending on 28 

March 2009. At the end of the trial period a survey was undertaken on the service which 

indicated that the service was exceeding all of its predetermined targets in terms of 

patronage, modal shift, trip generation, mobility and accessibility. Therefore long term 

funding for the service was secured from the council and its partners and it has become a 

permanent transport facility in the city centre. 

WYPTE is responsible for the maintenance and renewal of bus stop infrastructure in 

Bradford District. This covers the maintenance of bus stops, seating, advertising, lighting, 

signs, lights, Real Time Passenger Information (RTPI) boards, raised kerbing and 

associated infrastructure. In addition, WYPTE is responsible for the maintenance, renewal 

and improvement of bus stations and interchanges within Bradford District. 

The National Express operates long distance coach services from Bradford Interchange. 

Coaches run from their own bays in the Bradford interchange to many towns and cities 

within the UK and also providing linking services between Leeds-Bradford International 

Airport and other major Airports. The Euroline, also operated by the National Express, 

connects to over 500 European destinations. A network of 32 independent coach companies 

provides services to destinations covering the whole of Continental Europe, plus other 

destinations such as Morocco. 

The New Bharat Coaches, based in Southall, London, also runs a service to and from the 

Bradford Interchange once everyday via Leicester and Derby. 

In March 2009, the Stagecoach group, in partnership with East Midland Trains, introduced a 

new budget integrated bus and rail services connecting Bradford with London St Pancras 

station. The Megabusplus services depart from the bus stop located at Mayo Avenue District 

Centre outside the Morrisons superstore. 

Coach parking is however an issue in Bradford district particularly in the City Centre. There 

is no designated Coach parking space in any of the Car parks in City Centre and 

consequently tourist parties and day visitors often struggle to park their coach in a safe and 

secure area within Bradford. 

28

1.4 Taxis and other Flexible Transport 

'Hackney Carriage' is the licensed Taxi services in Bradford. The Council has the right to 

regulate the number of Hackney Carriage licences it issues, or may decide to deregulate. 

Currently there are 2,204 Hackney Carriage taxis and private hire vehicles (2,746 drivers) in 

Bradford and the council will review the situation in 2009. 

Hackney Carriage fares are regulated by the Council. All Hackney Carriage vehicles are 

inspected at least once per annum to a standard determined by the Council. 

Private Hire Vehicles cannot ply for hire in the street or at taxi ranks. Journeys must be prebooked, 

normally by phone or in person at a booking office. Fares for private hire vehicles 

are not regulated by the Council - the cost of a journey will normally be based on a rate per 

mile or should be agreed with the company before the journey. 

Shopmobility 

Shopmobility provides, free of charge hire, power scooters to help people with mobility 

difficulties to shop and use other facilities within identified boundaries. The Council currently 

offers a Shopmobility service from the following three centres in the District:- 

• Bradford - The Oastler Centre, Unit 174 Bradford 

• Keighley - Cooke Street, Keighley 

• Shipley - 14 Well Croft (entrance to Asda), Manor Lane Shipley 

Disabled Persons Concessionary Permit 

The Concessionary Fares Scheme is administered by the Councils Social Services, on 

behalf of the West Yorkshire Passenger Transport Executive (Metro) and provides 

concessionary travel for disabled persons in various categories. In certain cases 

companions of disabled persons are entitled to travel using this concession. 

With the English National Concessionary Pass West Yorkshire residents can travel free on 

off-peak local buses throughout England, and reduced fare travel on the trains within the 

West Yorkshire boundaries. 

Blue Badge 

The Council administers the Blue Badge scheme within the District. The Blue Badge scheme 

provides parking concessions for people who have severe difficulties with walking, people 

who drive their own vehicle and have a severe disability in both upper arms and people who 

are registered blind. The scheme is governed by National Eligibility Criteria set out by the 

Department for Transport. The Council is required to re-assess applicants every time their 

present badge expires. 

Location of Blue Badge disabled bays in Bradford District can be found via the Directgov, 

Blue Badge Map, see link below:- 

29

http://bluebadge.direct.gov.uk/index.php?br_wid=1024&br_hgt=768&stoneage 

Ilkley & District Community Transport 

Ilkley & District Transport is a project run by the Ilkley & District Council for Voluntary Service 

(ICVS). Its objective with the Inley & District community Transport project is to meet the 

needs of people isolated or disadvantaged through lack of access to normal public transport 

and to support the community through provision of services to the voluntary groups in the 

area. 

Ilkley & District Community Transport hire out fully accessible minibuses to groups from 

Addingham, Burley in Wharfedale, Ilkley and Menston areas. Groups can either use their 

own driver or can request a volunteer available to drive for them. All drivers will need to be 

MiDAS or Bradford Council approved. 

Addingham Shoppers Run is door-to-door service for older or disabled people. The 

Shoppers Run offers a weekly shopping trip from Addingham to a supermarket in Ilkley. 

Good Neighbours Volunteer Car Scheme operates in Ilkley and Addingham. The Volunteer 

Car Scheme service is aimed at older or disabled people and provides car lifts primarily to 

medical appointments. 

1.5 Airports 

The city is served by both Leeds Bradford International Airport (LBIA), 6 miles (9.7 km) to the 

north east of the city, and Manchester International Airport located 50 miles (80 km) away at 

Ringway in the City of Manchester. 

Figure: Passenger Numbers at LBIA 1997-2008 

Source: UK Airport Statistics 2008-Annual 

30

By the number of passengers handled, Leeds Bradford is the 16th busiest in the UK and 

Yorkshire's largest. There has been rapid expansion to the airport in recent years and direct 

flights are now available to over 70 business and leisure destinations (July 2009). Around 

3 million passengers used the airport in 2006. It is the home base of economy Airline 

Jet2.com, voted Best European Short Haul Airline 2006. 

Recently low cost airline Ryanair has announced that it is going to open a new base at LBIA 

investing more that £54 million and creating opportunities for around 1,000 new jobs. The 

Dublin-based company will offer 14 new routes and 63 weekly return flights from the base 

taking its total number of destinations from the airport to 17. 

The airport was in public ownership until May 2007, when it was sold for £145.5 million to 

Bridgepoint Capital. Bridgepoint announced that a further £70 million would be invested in 

airport improvements, to boost passenger figures to over 7 million by 2015. 3 The airport has 

recently started a new long-haul route to Islamabad three times a week using wide-bodied 

Airbus A310 aircraft. It is hoped this spurs on new routes from the airport. 

Below is the full list of direct flights and holiday destinations available. 

Africa 

Tunisia 

Austria 

Innsbruck 

Salzburg 

Balearics Islands 

Mahon – Menorca 

Palma – Majorca 

Ibiza 

Belgium 

Brussels 

Bulgaria 

Bourgas 

Canary Islands 

Fuerteventura 

Gran Canaria 

Lanzarote 

Tenerife 

Caribbean 

Barbados 

Channel Islands 

Egypt 

Sharm el Sheikh 

France 

Avignon 

Bergerac 

Chambery 

La Rochelle 

Nice 

Paris 

Toulouse 

Germany 

Düsseldorf 

Greece 

Corfu 

Crete 

Rhodes 

Zante 

Holland 

Amsterdam 

Iceland 

Italy 

Milan 

Pakistan 

Islamabad 

Portugal 

Faro – Algarve 

Poland 

Krakow 

Mainland Spain 

Alicante – Costa Blanca 

Almeria - Costa Almeria 

Barcelona - Costa Brava 

Girona - Costa Brava 

Malaga – Costa Del Sol 

Murcia 

Switzerland 

Geneva 

Tunisia 

Monastir 

Turkey 

Bodrum 

Dalaman 

Antalya 

3 http://www.thetelegraphandargus.co.uk/news/1374024.airport_sold_for_145_million_to_bridgepoint/ 

31

Jersey 

Croatia 

Dubrovnik 

Cyprus 

Larnaca 

Paphos 

Czech Republic 

Prague 

Pisa 

Rome 

Sardinia 

Venice Marco Polo 

Verona 

Lapland 

Malta 

Malta 

United Kingdom & Ireland 

Aberdeen 

Belfast City 

Belfast International 

Bristol 

Dublin 

Exeter 

Edinburgh 

Glasgow 

Isle Of Man 

London Gatwick 

Newquay 

Plymouth 

Southampton 

The LBIA plays an important part in building the City Region’s economy and its contribution 

to the region’s economy is set to grow as the passenger throughput is expected to reach 

from 2.6m in 2005 to 5.1m in 2016. 

Over 89% of passengers originate in the Leeds City Region using business or leisure flights 

on short and medium haul services within the UK and to mainland Europe. Similarly, it acts 

as a significant ‘gateway’ to tourist and business visitors to the Region, as around 900,000 

overseas visitors came to the Yorkshire and Humber Region in 2003, spending 

approximately £294 million. By 2030, the Airport is forecast to handle 8.2 million passengers 

and support around 4,100 FTE jobs and provide £154 million of income 4 . 

The Airport therefore has an increasingly important role to play in supporting this growing 

industry. Ensuring good access to the airport from the district (as well as and not only from 

Leeds) has therefore become a top priority for the airport’s strategic masterplan (2005- 

2016). The plan shows how the airport might develop in the future in terms access, transport 

mode share and how it could maximise the efficiency of its existing land and facilities. 

Whilst the city region Transport Vision promotes new transport networks to incorporate the 

airport with the city region regeneration areas, in the short term, people from Bradford 

District will continue to access the airport by car, taxi or bus. A current constraint to airport 

access is the Greengates junction on A658. 

Recently Leeds City Council has approved a £28million expansion plan for LBIA that 

includes a new two storey building extension and internal improvements to the existing 

terminal. The extension will create a new check-in area and security facilities, and a new 

departure lounge and shops on the first floor. It follows a recent £2m re-development of the 

forecourt. 

Manchester airport provides much wider international destinations to the people of the 

district. This airport is the fourth busiest airport in the UK and the biggest outside of London, 

in terms of annual passenger throughput. 

4 Leeds Bradford International Airport (2004) LBIA Masterplan 2005-2016. Leeds: LBIA. 

32

The airport provides regular direct flights to over 190 destinations worldwide by 84 airlines 

and is the main international gateway to and from the North-West of England. It offers nonstop 

scheduled flights to destinations across Europe, North America, Africa, South Asia, the 

Caribbean, Middle East and Far East. 

Moreover, 65 tour operators utilise the airport’s facility and many of Manchester's overseas 

routes are served by charter flights to holiday destinations, some being seasonal. 

1.6 Cycling and Pedestrian Facilities 

Cycling is not an intensively used form of transport in Bradford but provides a sustainable, 

healthy means of travel for a range of journeys that could otherwise be carried out by car, 

not only for leisure but also for some work and school journeys. Furthermore, 

encouragement of travel by cycle will assist in minimising the demand for road space from 

other road users. However, the numbers of accidents involving cycling casualties is high in 

relation to the levels of cycling that take place, highlighting the vulnerability of this group of 

road users. Allocation of road space for cyclists is a matter for local scheme design whereas 

the creation of long distance cycle routes including the National Routes 66 and 69 and the 

Great Northern Trail is of strategic importance to the district. 

The Bradford City Cycling Map covers the whole Bradford District and shows a network of 

routes recommended by cyclists, consisting of a number of signed cycle routes, many quiet 

roads, traffic calmed areas and off highway links. The map was first produced in 2000 and 

now has been updated in 2009 taking account of the additional cycle provision across the 

district. 

The Bradford Cycle map is available as a free hard copy map from tourist information 

centres, council buildings, libraries, bike shops, travel centres and leisure centres and other 

outlets around the district. Alternatively it can be downloaded from the following link: 

http://www.bradford.gov.uk/transport_and_infrastructure/transport_planning/bradford_cycle_ 

map.htm 

Sustran’s Living Street Project 

Within the inner urban area, the Bradford Living Street proposal which is part of the 

Sustrans’ Connect2 project is expected to create a walking and cycling network linking East 

and West Bowling with Little Horton, and by extending Bradford's traffic free ‘Living Street' 

over the busy A647 Manchester Road to a network of traffic-free paths and quiet roads 

reaching deep into the surrounding communities - benefiting more than 85,000 people living 

within a mile of the scheme. 

This urban greenway and a new bridge over Manchester Road will transform the community 

by providing a three mile continuous walking and cycling route from the city centre to 

Bowling Park with local links to schools, the university and the hospital and transport 

interchange - enabling easier everyday journeys to school, to work or the shops, without 

having to negotiate the busy dual carriageway which cuts the community in two. 

33

Bradford Council are working to make the bridge the best it can be and throughout 2009 and 

2010 will go through extensive public consultation, design development and planning phases 

before work to build the bridge can begin in 2011. Its opening in 2012 will mark the 

completion of the Connect2 scheme in Bradford. 5 

Airedale Greenway 

The ‘Airedale Greenway’, which is at the heart of the ‘rural backdrop’ identified by the 

Airedale Masterplan in March 2005, has been unveiled in September 2009 during the South 

Pennines Walk and Ride Festival. It is a key strategic cycling and walking route that links the 

three towns of Keighley, Bingley and Shipley with the existing infrastructure of the Sustrans 

National Cycle Network Network 696 along the Leeds/Liverpool canal tow path. The network 

forms a 7-mile continuous route from Shipley Railway Station to Keighley Town Centre 

consisting of sections of on road cycling with designated cycle lanes, sections of widened 

footpaths to facilitate shared use between pedestrians and cyclists and off road sections 

along the canal tow path, bridleways and riverside paths. The Greenway incorporates 

signage, design features and the potential for public art and community engagement. 

Information boards at key locations show the route, places of interest and a code of conduct 

for all users and a pocket-sized map will also be available. 

The Greenway has been developed over a number of years with the Airedale Partnership, 

Bradford Council, British Waterways, Sustrans and other organisations, and it’s hoped that 

the scheme will encourage local people and visitors to the waterways and surrounding areas 

by more sustainable means. 

Leeds-Liverpool canal towpath 

The Leeds-Liverpool canal towpath forms a key element in the linear access provision 

through the District. It runs for approximately 17miles (28kms) from Kildwick in the northwest 

to Apperley Bridge in the east. British Waterways, who are responsible for the towpath, 

have obligations under the British Waterways Act 1995, to preserve for the public, freedom 

of access to towing paths and open land. This effectively provides an additional linear 

access opportunity to walkers and cyclists. 

Footways 

Footways are classified according to their location and levels of use. Thus, town centre, 

heavily used footways, would be regarded as Category 1, whereas footways in suburban or 

rural settings off the main roads would be Category 3 or 4. The breakdown for footways 

across the District is as follows: 

5 http://www.sustrans.org.uk/default.asp?sID=1228913837034 

34

1.7 Public Rights of Way 

Within the District there are 687 miles (1,100kms) of public rights of way, made up of 5,123 

individual path links. A path link is defined as the length of path between a junction with 

another path or road. 

Not all of the District is subject to a definitive map (the legal record of public rights of way). 

The former County Borough of Bradford was originally excluded from definitive map 

coverage and many routes on our records for that area are awaiting legal orders to formally 

record them on a definitive map. This means that approximately 162 miles (260kms) of the 

total network is non-definitive, whilst 525 miles (845kms) is included on the definitive map. In 

practice this does not mean that the paths within this area are unprotected. The Countryside 

and Rights of Way Service maintains files on the 162 miles of non-definitive routes and, as 

public rights are believed to exist on these, the Service protects them as it would a definitive 

route. 

The status, for users, of public rights of way in Bradford District is broken down as follows: 

There are also a limited number of permissive routes, negotiated by agreement with 

landowners (but which can be withdrawn at any time), exist within the District. These tend to 

provide multi-user routes, such as a permissive bridleway through Scholebrook Farm at 

Tong which links the local bridleway network with Black Carr Woods. There are also 

permissive bridleways on Council owned land at Myrtle Park, Bingley, Prince of Wales Park, 

Bingley St. Ives Estate and Harden Moor. 

1.8 Car Parking 

Car parking is a key consideration for people who travel by car in Bradford District. Two main 

types of car parking exist within the control of Bradford Council, on street public car parking 

and off street public car parking. 

Currently there are xxx on street public Council pay and display managed car parking 

spaces in Bradford District which provides access to town centre facilities including 

shopping, work, leisure and education. In addition to this, Bradford Council manages 41 off 

street pay and display car parking (3585 spaces) within the District. The largest 

concentration is in Bradford City Centre. 

Bradford city centre has a large supply of off-street parking both in charged facilities and on 

vacant sites. The city centre Masterplan proposes the development of many of these sites 

for development as well as acknowledging the 1800 spaces being provided at Broadway and 

35

promoting three new and replacement car parks on the perimeter of the city centre. There is 

also a good deal of free unrestricted on-street parking throughout the City Centre. The 

Figure below presents a map of all principal car parks across the area. 

Figure: Bradford City Centre Principal Public Car Parks (Off Street) 

Car Parks No 

Wigan Street 116 

Burnett Street 180 

Crown Court 140 

Eurocar 390 

Forster Square (N) 450 

Forster Square (S) 500 

Hall Ings NCP 198 

Jacobs Well (Sat only) 958 

Leisure Exchange 432 

New Southgate 404 

Oastler (long stay) 404 

Oastler (short stay) 60 

Pine Street 105 

Radwell Drive 33 

Rawson Road 98 

Sharpe Street 77 

Simes Street 102 

St Thomas A 30 

St Thomas B 110 

Tyson Street 43 

There are also 2 NCP car parks in Bradford- 1. Hall Ings 2. Southgate off Thornton Road. 

Major car parks in other town centres and tourist destinations within the district are listed 

below: 

Shipley: 

• Market Place Car Park 

• Saville Car Park 

• Atkinson Car Park 

• Westcliffe Road Car Park 

• Wharfe Street Car Park 

• Swimming Pool Car Park 

• Oastler Road Car Park 

• Caroline Street Car Park, Saltaire 

• Exhibition Road Car Park, Saltaire 

Bingley: 

• Ferncliffe Road Car Park 

• Wellington Street Car Park 

• Waterloo Car Park 

• Queen Street v 

36

• Main Street Car Park 

• Victoria Street Car Park 

Keighley: 

• Scott Street Car Park 

• Church Green Car Park 

Haworth: 

• Museum Car Park 

• Bronte Village Car Park 

• Gas Street Car Park 

• Rawdon Road Car Park 

Ilkley: 

• South Hawksworth Street 

One of the key parking issues is to keep balance between long stay and short stay parking in 

the main city and town centres. As a general comparison, parking in Bradford is cheaper 

than in other West Yorkshire centres and may need to be addressed in the context of wide 

area congestion measures. 

The city centre car parking provision is currently undergoing a review which is expected to 

create new parking spaces together with increased provisions for hackney carriages, 

disabled parking spaces and loading facilities. 

Council parking charges however have been increased by 50p a day or 10p per hour from 

3rd August 2009. The move is part of a budget deal struck by Bradford Council in February 

to raise £170,000 over the year by increasing short-stay parking charges. It applies to the 

majority of car parks and on-street parking in Bradford, Shipley, Bingley, Keighley, Haworth 

and Ilkley. 

The charges at some car parks remain unchanged. These are: Shipley: Swimming Pool and 

Oastler Road; Baildon: Ian Clough Hall; Esholt: Car and Coach park; Silsden: Wesley Place 

and Bridge Street; Haworth: Gas Street and Rawdon Road. 

Although the Council has no current proposals to open any new car parks in the city centre, 

the Broadway retail development is expected to provide the largest parking facilities in the 

city centre. Other changes in car parking provision may occur to those sites on land 

earmarked for development, which include Crown Court car park, Alexandra car park and 

Burnett Street car park and this could result in a loss of significant number of parking 

spaces. 

In addition to the car parking spaces managed by Bradford Council, there are also a number 

of privately managed car parking spaces across the district. The following provides a list of 

the largest privately managed car parking spaces in Bradford District:- 

• NCP New Southgate Multi Storey Car Park off Thornton Road, Bradford, 432 spaces 

• NCP Bradford Hall Ings Multi Storey Car Park, Bradford, 526 spaces 

• Britannia Parking Ltd Leisure Exchange, Vicar Lane, Bradford, 432 spaces 

37

Location of primary Council owned car parking spaces across the district can be viewed via 

the Direct Gov website:- 


1.9 Petrol Service Stations 

Petrol Service stations are dispersed along main roads throughout the Bradford District with 

the greatest concentrations in the city of Bradford. Petrol station locations within the District 

can be found via Direct Gov website, see link below:- 


1.10 Vehicle testing stations 

The Vehicle and Operator Services Agency (VOSA) was formed on 1 st April 2003 following 

the merger of the Vehicle Inspectorate and the Traffic Area Network division of the 

Department for Transport. VOSA provides a range of licensing, testing and enforcement 

services with the aim of improving the roadworthiness standards of vehicles ensuring the 

compliance of operators and drivers with road traffic legislation, and supporting the 

independent Traffic Commissioners 

The District has a VOSA Test station at Steeton Grove, Steeton which conducts tests on 

Heavy Good Vehicles (HGVs), Public Service Vehicles (PSVs), Class4, 5 and7, Reduced 

Pollution Certificate (RPC), Low Emissions Certificate (LEC). There is also a VOSA Testing 

station at Patrick, Woodlesford in Leeds. 

The nearest VOSA Test Station which undertakes Single Vehicle Approval (SVA), 

Motorcycle Single Vehivle Approval (MSVA) and Vehicle Identity Checks (VIC) is 

Chadderton, Oldham. 

1.11 Driving test centres 

The Driving Standards Agency is a trading fund whose vision is “Safe Driving for Life”. The 

overall mission is to contribute to the public service agreement objective to achieve 40% 

reduction in riders and drivers killed or seriously injured in road accidents, in the age group 

up to 24 years, by 2010 compared with the average for 1994-98. 

DSA focus centres on:- 

• Setting standards for drivers, riders and trainers 

• Driver education and the provision of learning resources 

• Registering and supervising quality assured instructors 

• Modern, effective and efficient assessments conducted as computer based and 

practical tests 

Bradford District has 3 Driver Practical Test Centres which are managed by the Drivers 

Standards Agency (DSA). These are as follows:- 

38

• Bradford (Eccleshill), Victoria Road, Ecceshill, Bradford 

• Bradford (Heaton), Fairfield Street, Heaton, Bradford 

• Keighley, Sepncer Street, Keighley 

1.12 Canals 

British Waterways Yorkshire looks after around 270 miles of inland waterways, covering an 

area which stretches from South Yorkshire to the River Tees in the North East. 

BW encourages people to use the waterways for both leisure and tourism, as well as making 

sure the navigation channels remain safe and open. At the same time BW manages its 

property portfolio and works closely with local authorities, developers and a whole host of 

other organisations to make sure we get the best benefits from waterside land and property. 

BW also works with companies to make sure that the region’s waterways are used for 

freight, where it is feasible. 

Within Bradford District, British Waterways manages the River Aire and the Leeds Liverpool 

Canal. 

British Waterways are working with Bradford Council on an ambitious scheme to reopen 

Bradford Canal after more than 80 years and create a stunning waterfront in the centre of 

the city, linked to the suburbs to attract regeneration. 

Initial feasibility work has been encouraging and has led to further studies looking at how the 

construction of a canal will benefit the area. The Bradford Canal opened and joined the 

Leeds & Liverpool Canal in 1774 but now only the Northern end with a pack horse bridge 

and toll house remains visible. 

Bradford is one of only a few British cities which does not have a waterfront and the initiative 

could be a first step in creating not only an attractive waterfront but would also contribute 

towards connecting the city centre with Shipley, the Aire Valley and the Leeds & Liverpool 

Canal. 

2.0 Major Transport Issues and Investment Gaps 

The Bradford District Transport Strategy 2006-2021 has highlighted the locational transport 

issues in Bradford in detail. I also has identified key investment gaps and set out investment 

priorities for infrastructure development across different parts of the district. The strategy 

recognises the role of demand management as a complementary approach to overcome the 

deficiency but urges that this alone is not a convincing approach and direct investment into 

key transport infrastructure is therefore essential. A summary of the main transport 

infrastructure issues and investment priorities as set out in the strategy are outlined below- 

39

Table: Investment gaps and priorities for transport infrastructure as identified in the 

Bradford District Transport Strategy 2006-2021 

Investment gaps 

Bradford Urban area 

• Comprehensive improvement to outer ring road junctions to reduce congestion, 

improve public transport and safety 

• Selective improvements for orbital traffic where the diverse movements involved 

are not well served by bus routes and where access to the strategic road network 

is an important consideration 

• Improvement to performance of high frequency radial bus corridors 

• Opening of new rail stations 

City Centre 

• Agreement upon City Ring Road West preferred option, funding and 

implementation plan 

• Public transport access 

• Public realm traffic management measures 

• Public realm environment 

Interchange and park and ride 

Airedale 

• Improvements to facilitate interchange at Shipley and Bingley 

• Additional parking at rail stations 

• Coordination of local bus networks with interchanges and rail stations 

• Agreement upon A650 Shipley / Saltaire / Cottingley preferred option, funding 

and implementation plan 

• Shipley Eastern Link Road and Canal Road improvement 

• Shipley Station integrated transport interchange 

• Hard Ings Road, Keighley 

• Park and Ride 

• Bingley Station Interchange 

Wharfedale 

• Shipley Eastern Link Road and Canal Road improvement 

• Shipley Station integrated transport interchange 

• Park and Ride 

• Long distance routes 

Rural areas 

• Improved local accessibility for communities whose activities are based in the 

more isolated areas of the District. 

Leeds Bradford International Airport and other airports 

• A658 Greengates junction improvement 

40

Investment Priorities 

Demand Management 

These measures are being considered in two timeframes: 

1. Up to 2011 (to tie in with the current Local Transport Plan timeframe) 

• Introduce decriminalised parking 

• Upgrade Urban Traffic Control (UTC) system and introduce Urban Traffic 

Management Control 

• Contribute to a city region congestion study with/without TIF support 

• Evaluate ‘no-car’ lanes 

• Continued use of ‘soft’ measures such as travel plans including implementation 

of a Council Travel Plan 

• Continued improvement of the bus network including Public Transport 

Improvement Plans 

• Continued improvement of corridors and gateways with particular focus on those 

monitored for the congestion target 

During this period there will not be aggressive interventions in the city centre whilst the 

economy is being re-established through the Bradford Centre Regeneration Masterplan. 

2. 2011 – 2016 

• Greater use of on-street car park charges 

• Introduce measures as may result form a congestion study 

• Reduction in less accessible allocations in the Local Development Framework 

Investment in infrastructure 

Highways: 

Regional / inter-regional 

• Completion of A650 Shipley - Saltaire - Cottingley 

• Hard Ings Road, Keighley 

City Region 

• Canal Road Improvement / Shipley Eastern Link Road 

• Thornbury – Dudley Hill 

• M606 Staygate – final stage 

District wide 

• Bradford Outer Ring Road junctions 

• Bradford City Centre West 

• A647 alternative 

• Keighley Eastern Relief Road 

41

Public Transport: 

Bus 

• Strategic Bus Corridors to connect Bradford with Leeds, Wakefield and 

Huddersfield. 

• Outer ring road junction priorities 

Interchange 

Rail 

• Improved interchange facilities at Shipley and Bingley 

• Develop further park and ride at appropriate locations 

• Improved ‘connectivity’ between Bradford and Leeds on both Airedale and 

Caldervale routes including new stations at Manningham and Apperley Bridge 

and at Low Moor, additional park and ride. 

• Lobbying for better service provision in the Inter City East Coast franchise, 

especially in Airedale 

• Supporting open access services where this is in the district’s interest. 

• Support for city region Caldervale (Bradford Interchange) electrification; 

development of ‘tram/train’ network (including access to airport); links with north 

east and central Lancashire 

Other investment: 

Leeds Bradford International Airport 

Cycling 

• Implement improvement to Greengates junction (A658). 

• Complete long distance cycle routes through the district 

Bradford Canal 

• Prepare an implementation plan for the delivery of the Bradford Canal 

The Council as Highway Authority takes responsibility for delivery of some of the above 

elements and plays a vital role of bringing together key partners and prospective funders to 

successfully achieve the goals of the strategy. 

3.0 Transport Strategy and Delivery 

The Council has a fairly structured approach to planning transport infrastructure investments. 

The Bradford District Transport Strategy 2006-2021 sets out the aspirations for transport 

within the District over the short to long term. This is supplemented by the Sustainable 

Community Strategy 2008-2011 (the Big Plan) and the Connecting Airedale project which 

outline the strategy for enhancing connectivity and delivering transport infrastructure in the 

district. 

42

In addition to these strategies there are a number of sub-regional strategic plans such as the 

West Yorkshire Local transport Plan 2011-2026 and its first Implementation Plan 2011-2014 

and the Leeds City Region Transport Vision. The delivery of many of the infrastructure 

elements within these strategies is reliant upon securing Government and/or third-party 

funding. However, this has posed significant challenges to the Council and other parties in 

the current fiscal environment. 

Over the next 3 financial years, West Yorkshire will suffer from an annual average 42% cut 

in Integrated Transport funding and a 16% cut in Highways Maintenance compared to 

original 2010/11 allocations. There has also been a transfer of Road Safety Grant to the 

Revenue Support Grant. These changes to transport funding are in addition to in year 

2010/11 cuts in Integrated Transport funding, funding for the West Yorkshire Strategic 

Programme of Schemes and Road Safety Capital Grant. 

The Department for Transport capital block funding allocations for transport schemes in 

West Yorkshire for the next 3 years are shown below. Integrated Transport funding will be 

paid directly to the West Yorkshire Integrated Transport Authority (WYITA) rather than to the 

individual five District Councils and Metro as previously. Consequently the WYITA now have 

the responsibility for approving the overall Integrated Transport programmes. Highways 

Asset Maintenance funding will be paid through the WYITA to individual Councils and thus 

the Council will remain responsible for approving this programme of work. 

Table: LTP3 Funding for First Implementation Plan 2011/12 to 2013/14 

The third West Yorkshire Local Transport Plan Strategy 2011 – 2026 and its first 

Implementation Plan 2011 – 2014 have been developed by the WYITA with support from all 

five West Yorkshire Districts. Whilst the Department for Transport had previously been very 

prescriptive about the content and performance management of previous LTPs, this is 

relaxed for LTP3 giving more flexibility for the development of plans more suited to local 

circumstances. The current LTP has been developed to deliver three key objectives: 

• To make substantial progress towards a low carbon transport system for West 

Yorkshire. 

• To improve connectivity to support economic activity and growth across West 

Yorkshire and the Leeds City Region 

43

• To enhance the quality of life of people in West Yorkshire 

The objectives will be delivered through four strategic approaches: 

• Maintaining and managing Transport Assets 

• Providing information on, and encouraging use of sustainable Transport Choices 

• Improving Connectivity through the delivery of an integrated and reliable transport 

system 

• Making Enhancements to the transport system to provide greater capacity and 

better performance 

The LTP Bradford Local Implementation Plan 2011-2014 lists all the schemes that are 

programmed under the above strategic elements. See appendix A of the Bradford Local LTP 

Implementation Plan 2011-2014 for detail. 

Over the last 3 years the Council has also been preparing annual Transport Delivery Plans 

setting out its priorities for delivery of transport related schemes which enabled the Council 

to deliver transport measures in partnership with WYITA. Some major achievements under 

the above plans include: 

• Enforcement of access to the Bradford City Centre Pedestrianised Area has been 

improved through the introduction of rise and fall bollards. 

• Work has commenced on site on junction improvement schemes for Little Horton 

Lane / Southfield Rd and Leeds Road/Laisterdyke. 

• Phase 1 of the Living Street, which extends from the City Centre to Manchester 

Road, is nearing completion. 

• Continued delivery of casualty reduction and local improvement schemes through 

partnership working with local communities and other stakeholders 

Despite good progress in many programme areas there has been some delay in 

implementing a number of schemes in the programme which has necessitated re-phasing. 

This re-phasing is incorporated in the Council’s Capital Investment Plan on an on-going 

basis. 

Other major integrated transport capital investment in Bradford, funded through the West 

Yorkshire Strategic Programme of Schemes, is progressing as follows: 

Bradford City Links – supporting highways measures for City Park 

This scheme is nearing completion - includes a bus only right turn at the junction of Little 

Horton Lane and Princes Way and a new pedestrian crossing on Princes Way. 

Saltaire Improvements – following the successful outcome of an innovative stakeholder 

involvement process a detailed design work has now commenced and work on the scheme 

is scheduled to be complete by the end of 2013. 

Low Moor Rail Station 

44

A rail engineering consultant for this scheme has now been appointed and the new station 

should be operational by 2013/2014. It is unlikely that this scheme could be accelerated due 

to the complexities involved in delivering rail related schemes and the rail industry's approval 

procedures. 

Traffic Light Priority for Buses 

This West Yorkshire wide scheme will include the introduction of equipment to provide bus 

detection for up to 60 sites in Bradford. This will give priority to late running buses at traffic 

signals. It is envisaged that 5 of these sites will be implemented by the end of the current 

financial year together with an upgrade to the Urban Traffic Control system to work with the 

new detection equipment. 

Other Considerations: 

Strategic Road Network- Highway Agency’s previous modelling work has identified a need 

for a number of improvements to junctions on the SRN in and close to Bradford District to 

cater for traffic growth generated by proposed developments emerging from the LDF 

process in all of the Districts of West Yorkshire. Issues relating to the existing peak period 

congestion on the M62 eastbound between Junctions 24 (Ainley Top) and 27 (Gildersome) 

and westbound between Junctions 28 (Tingley) and 26 (Chain Bar) have been addressed by 

the Managed Motorway and Hard Shoulder Running scheme that is expected to commence 

by 2015. The objectives of this scheme are to increase capacity for strategic traffic and to 

relieve existing traffic delays. Although the M62 motorway does not enter Bradford District, 

the scheme will address congestion problems that have an adverse effect on traffic 

movement to and from Bradford. 

Apperley Bridge Rail Station- The provision of a new station at Apperley Bridge is included in 

a Leeds City Region Rail Growth Package which has been submitted to the Department for 

Transport for approval. As part of the Comprehensive Spending Review the Department 

resolved that this Package would be included in the pot of 22 schemes across the country 

where promoters would be asked to provide more information. A decision would then be 

made by the Department on which schemes would be supported. This decision is expected 

by the end of 2011. 

Caldervale Line- Bradford Council is working with officers from Leeds, Calderdale and 

Rochdale Councils, as well as Metro, the Greater Manchester Transport Executive, Network 

Rail and Northern Rail, to identify proposals that would improve the operation of, and journey 

times on, the Caldervale line. Any viable proposal could be subject of a future bid for funding 

in recognition of the importance of the line to the Districts through which it passes and it’s 

potential to improve the economy of the Leeds and Manchester City Regions 

4.0 Leeds City Region Transport Strategy 

Bradford’s growing population and the 50,000 new houses planned across the district means 

that there is a need to ensure that the transport infrastructure will allow efficient access to 

employment and services both within and outside the district. The Leeds City Region 

45

Transport Strategy (Ove Arup and Partners Ltd., November 2009) has set out a range of 

transport interventions that will help to deliver sustainable improvements in the City Region 

in terms of ensuring safer transport modes, better connectivity and access to jobs and 

housings and transition to a lower carbon economy across the region. This document will 

also inform the subsequent development of the next Local Transport Plan which will 

commence in 2011. 

Transforming the Regional City of Bradford is one of the top spatial priorities of the strategy 

and it proposes packages of improvements with an aim to significantly increase growth in 

economic development, jobs and homes through the renaissance of the city centre, and 

development and regeneration elsewhere. 

Improving access to Leeds Bradford International Airport particularly by public transport is 

another major spatial priority of the transport strategy. The aim is to promote LBIA to play an 

increasingly complementary role to Manchester in supporting the economic competitiveness 

of the City Region. 

The other two key priorities for Bradford District identified by the LCR Transport Strategy are 

the improvements of transport infrastructure to support the increased development 

opportunities in Airedale (Bradford to Skipton) and Shipley-Bradford canal Road Corridor 

and to restructure and regenerate east Bradford and west Leeds (Leeds-Bradford Corridor) 

to better support economic growth of both cities and Leeds City Region conurbation core. 

Table: Summery of interventions proposed for Bradford in the LCR Transport Strategy 

46

Source: LCR Transport Strategy (Ove Arup and Partners, 2009) 

5. Energy Transmission and Distribution Network 

The following section describes the existing energy transmission and distribution system 

present in Bradford district. 

5.1 Gas 

National Grid owns and operates the high pressure gas transmission system in UK that 

consists of approximately 4,300 miles of pipelines and 26 compressor stations connecting to 

eight distribution networks. 

Similar in structure to the electricity industry, gas is distributed nationally via the high the 

pressure National Transmission System (operated by National Grid Transmission) to a 

series of Local Distribution Zones (LDZs), which are based on the former British Gas 

regions. The LDZs are operated by Gas Distribution Operators (DOs). The gas supply 

companies pay National Grid Transmission and the DOs a tariff for the use of the gas 

networks for access to their end-customers. The tariffs are set over 5-year control periods 

based on approved investment plans agreed with OFGEM. 

47

Figure: National Grid Gas and Electricity Transmission Networks 

Source: National Grid Company 

Bradford district is served by the Northern Gas Network Ltd. And forms part of the north east 

local distribution zone. 

Figure: North East LDZ Core Network 

Source: Northern Gas Networks 

48

In general terms, gas supply is not constrained in the Yorkshire region, as it benefits from a 

number of connections to the national High Pressure Transmission Network, as well as 

having an extensive and robust core network around the main urban areas such as Bradford 

District. However, many rural areas have no gas supply. This may limit scope for housing 

and economic growth in some rural parts of the district. 

The following table lists some of the major gas infrastructure projects above £0.5m that are 

being undertaken in and around Bradford District: 

Table: Major Gas infrastructure projects above £0.5m 

The projects included in the table above are subject to the acceptance of a formal quotation. The 

Eggborough Reinforcement scheme has been kept in the plan due to the major impact this potential 

new load would have on the system. 

Source: The Regional Integrated Infrastructure Scoping Study (Arup, 2008) 

The Regional Integrated Infrastructure Scoping Study (Arup, 2008) forecasts growth in gas 

demand across the whole North East LDZ during the next ten years (2008-2016) of 7.15% 

but declining towards the end of the forecast, with the average growth 0.86% per annum. 

49

Peak demand is forecast to rise by 1.45% within North East LDZ. The models have been 

influenced by the recent demand patterns impacted by factors such as the warm weather, 

improved conservation and recent high fuel prices. 6 

A more recent forecast suggests that during the next ten years annual gas demand is to 

grow at an average of approximately 0.46% per year across the entire Northern Gas 

Network. For the North East LDZ area the forecast is for an average annual increase of 

approximately 0.41% per year, with peak day demand forecast to rise by an average of 

1.96% per year 7 . Therefore, over the long term gas consumption is forecast to continue 

slowly rising due to economic growth and new housing completions. 

Operating under the Gas Act 1986, the Distribution Operators have an obligation to develop 

and maintain an efficient and economical pipeline system and, subject to that, to comply with 

any reasonable request to connect premises, provided that it is economic to do so. 

National Grid has a duty to develop and maintain an efficient coordinated and economical 

transmission system for the conveyance of gas and respond to requests for new gas 

supplies in certain circumstances. 

New gas transmission infrastructure developments (pipelines and associated installations) 

are periodically required to meet increases in demand and changes in patterns of supply. 

Developments to the network are as a result of specific connection requests e.g. power 

stations, and requests for additional capacity on the network from gas shippers. Generally 

network developments to provide supplies to the local gas distribution network are as a 

result of overall demand growth in a region rather than site specific developments. 

5.2 Electricity 

National Grid, as the holder of a licence to transmit electricity under the Electricity Act 1989, 

has a statutory duty to develop and maintain an efficient, co-ordinated and economical 

transmission system of electricity and to facilitate competition in the supply and generation of 

electricity. 

National Grid operates the national electricity transmission network across Great Britain and 

owns and maintains the network in England and Wales, providing electricity supplies from 

generating stations to local distribution companies. The company does not distribute 

electricity to individual premises directly, but its role in the wholesale market is essential to 

ensuring a reliable and quality supply to all. It is the role of local distribution companies to 

distribute electricity to homes and businesses. 

Electricity is generated by major generators, in a competitive marketplace. These generators 

sell the electricity generated to the supply companies that sell electricity to consumers and 

businesses. In general, the major power stations are connected to electricity distribution 

networks by the transmission network, which is operated by National Grid Electricity 

6 The Regional Integrated Infrastructure Scoping Study (Arup, 2008). 

7 NGN Long Term Development Statement (October 2010). 

50

Transmission. There is a degree of vertical integration between generators and suppliers. 

Some suppliers use several consumer and business-facing brands. 

There are 14 licensed electricity distribution network operators (DNOs) each responsible for 

a distribution services area. The 14 DNOs are owned by seven different groups. There are 

also four independent network operators who own and run smaller networks embedded in 

the DNO networks. 

The supply companies pay National Grid Electricity Transmission and the electricity 

distribution network operators for the use of their networks to carry electricity to their 

customers. 

The tariffs levied by National Grid Transmission and the DNOs are heavily regulated by the 

Office of Gas and Electricity Markets (OFGEM). This is based on 5-year control periods over 

which the companies and the regulator agree tariffs based on investment plans. Price 

controls are generally set for five year periods and the current price control runs from 1 st 

April 2005 to 31st March 2010. These investment plans are based on the need for asset 

renewal and system reinforcement to cope with anticipated increases in demand. 

Whist the National Grid Transmission network is important, with the exception of the largest 

commercial customers, all direct supplies tend to come via the distribution networks. 

Bradford district is covered by the CE Electric UK distribution network, trading as YEDL. 

Information relating to the supply of electricity and any capacity issues has been requested 

from YEDL. When this information is received it will be used to update and inform this Plan. 

Overall architecture of the electricity networks is geared-up to address the historic model of 

power being generated by a relatively small number of large power stations. 

These power stations are typically connected to the National Grid Electric Transmission 

(NGET) system, which then in turn supplies the DNO networks at a relatively small number 

of fixed points. For a number of reasons, this model is changing. 

An increasing number of smaller-scale power generation schemes are being developed, 

typically falling into the renewables category, including wind turbines, combined heat and 

power schemes, waste to energy projects and others. Only the largest (usually offshore) 

wind farms generate enough electricity to justify connection to the NGET system. As a result 

the schemes are connected directly to the distribution networks, and are generically known 

as distributed generation (DG). 

Distributed generation presents a number of technical challenges to the architecture of the 

distribution network, challenges which are being address by the industry and the regulator. 

CE Electric operates on a responsive basis and has a legal obligation to provide network 

connections as demand arises. Developers contact CE Electric / YEDL directly to discuss 

the scale of requirements and charges. For renewable energy generation, if more than 4kW 

51

is generated it may be necessary for CE Electric / YEDL to modify the network. Any large 

increases in demand that have not been accounted for would require the local network to be 

strengthened. 

5.3 Overall Capacity – Gas & Electricity 

Information received from providers detail that developments in Bradford District should not 

in principle represent a major issue for National Grid’s electricity or gas transmission 

network. 

The precise nature of the influence of the proposed developments on gas and electricity 

infrastructure will need to be determined in the first instance via discussion with the relevant 

gas and electricity Distribution Network Operators (DNOs, National Grid and YEDL 

respectively). National Grid will then discuss any requirements for transmission system 

reinforcement with the DNOs. 

The Code for Sustainable Homes zero carbon standard comes into force in 2016 and will 

result in greater energy efficiency and reduced energy consumption from new developments, 

through a combination of demand side management and smart metering. In addition, 

demand for natural gas could slow down due to the requirement for zero carbon standards 

for all new development by 2016. However, this reduced rate of demand could be offset by 

the introduction of biomethane to grid gas supplies which are considered to be carbon 

neutral and meet Code for sustainable Homes standards. 

Information on future development of and demand for renewable energy or combined heat 

and power installations for Bradford District will be discussed with infrastructure providers, 

and used to update and inform this Plan. 

5.4 Decentralised and renewable or low carbon energy/Wind power 

Bradford is one of the smaller LA's in the region in terms of land size but has a population 

that is above the average. The town of Bradford has the density necessary to support district 

heating networks. The Energy Opportunities Plan 8 shows that there are many public 

buildings in the town that could provide anchor loads for such networks. 

Other renewable energy opportunities in the district include wind and hydro opportunities. 

There is currently one hydro generation plant operating in Esholt, and a potential site 

identified at Greenholme Mills on the border with Harrogate district. Bradford’s hydro 

potential is among the best in the region and their installation should be sought and 

supported wherever feasible. 

List of all commercial scale renewable energy generators in Bradford should be included. 

8 Low carbon and renewable energy capacity in Y&H- Draft Final Report (AECOM, 2011) 

52

Table: Renewable energy sources in Bradford 

Source: Low carbon and renewable energy capacity in Y&H- Draft Final Report (AECOM, 2011) 

Because of Bradford’s hilly topography the main pressure has been for energy generation 

from the wind. The district is largely built-up to the east around Bradford but is more rural to 

west and north and incorporates areas of moorland. These extra-urban areas are mainly 

classified as having a high and very high sensitivity to wind development. For these reasons 

wind developments are most likely on a small scale in appropriate pockets of land within 

suburban and green belt land. However, the potential for small wind developments in such 

situations may be higher than that indicated by the targets in the RSS. 

The Council is also in the process of carrying out an ‘Environmental Constraint Assessment’ 

for the district which will look into the different level of environmental sensitiveness across 

the district (e.g. greenbelt, flood zone, low wind speed zone etc) and help identify potential 

locations for renewable energy sources e.g. wind farms, individual turbines etc. An initial 

overview of the study suggests that the most potential sites for wind turbines in the district 

lies in the south-west at Denholme-Queensbury area near the Ovenden Moor. 

In addition, the built-up areas in Bradford provide an opportunity for exploiting PV which 

should make a significant contribution to renewable energy generation and can stand above 

average for any LA's in the region. By 2021 biomass technologies can provide significant 

opportunities to further diversify Bradford’s power supply. There should also be potential for 

growing energy crops on brownfield sites and as an alternative to agricultural crops on 

established farmland. 

In terms of energy generation from waste, planning permission has been granted to BioGen 

Power in April 2010 to build the world’s largest waste gasification facility in Bradford, capable 

of processing 160,000 tonnes of residual waste. 

53

However, despite the good potential for various renewable opportunities, the overall potential 

for Bradford to generate renewable energy is lower than the average for LA's in the region 

due to the District’s lower potential for wind developments. (Source: AEA Planning for 

Renewable Energy Targets, Yorksire & Humber, 2004). 

(ADD PLAN SHOWING AREAS OF WIND ENERGY POTENTIAL IN BRADFORD 

DISTRICT – SEE JANE SCOTT) 

6. Water and Drainage 

The following section will highlight the current water supply system and its management in 

Bradford. It will further discuss the flood defence, drainage and waste water treatment 

issues in the district. 

6.1 Water Supply and Treatment 

Yorkshire Water is the main water and waste water treatment provider for Bradford District. 

Yorkshire Water has it headquarters located within Bradford. 

Figure: Water Companies Serving in the North 

Notes: All water companies within Yorkshire and the Humber deal with both water 

supply and waste water treatment- boundaries indicative only – some water supply 

companies (outside the region) excluded for clarity. 

54

Water companies are statutory consultees in relation to Local Development Frameworks and 

also respond to consultation on planning applications. Water companies have a duty to 

provide water supply and sewerage treatment to development identified in adopted 

development plans. The content of adopted development plans is therefore vitally important 

to investment planning by water companies. 

The abstraction of water from surface and ground water sources for domestic and drinking 

purposes takes place throughout the Yorkshire Region, with most reservoirs located in the 

west and centre of the region. 

Within the Bradford MDC area there are a number of water supply systems. These have 

historically developed around the centres of demand i.e. the city of Bradford and surrounding 

towns. The water is sourced from upland reservoirs and high quality river sources. The 

water is then carried to treatment facilities where it is treated to the highest standards and 

distributed throughout the region via an integrated trunk distribution network. 

This network is robust and its suitability is constantly reviewed to ensure Yorkshire Water 

meets the current and future needs of its customers. Extensive capital investment has 

recently been completed in Bradford and Keighley on the trunk mains network to further 

Yorkshire Water's industry leading high standards and provide continual improvement to our 

customers. 

This trunk main infrastructure should provide the basis for water supply to all brownfield 

development in the Bradford MDC area however local reinforcement may be required in line 

with the change of use and requested water volume and pressure. This would be assessed 

on a site by site basis. 

By nature greenfield sites are extensions of the existing urban landscape and similar 

extension of the infrastructure may be required to support this. Again the extent of this work 

would depend on the needs of the site/or group of sites. In general the further a new site is 

from an existing urban centre the more extensive the infrastructure needed to support it. 

Within the District, the availability of water resources is good, with some seasonal variations. 

55

Figure: Yorkshire Water Service Area – Clean Water and Waste Water Treatment 

Source: Yorkshire Water Services 

Following significant investment in a new ‘water grid’ in recent years, the region’s water 

resources can be redistributed according to need. The grid now results in Yorkshire Water 

relying on only three water resource zones for supply, with the ‘grid’ zone covering most of 

the region, especially in terms of demand for water (ADD FIG 6.5 FROM THE ARUP STUDY 

HERE). 

Yorkshire Water’s water resource zones are shown below: 

56

Figure: Yorkshire Water Resource Zones 

Source: Yorkshire Water Services (Draft Water Resources Management Plan) 

(ADD GIS MAP SHOWING WASTE WATER TREATMENT FACILITIES). 

The water grid delivers around 1,300 million litres of water per day to properties and 

businesses. The grid connects 250 water sources and 70 water treatment works. Yorkshire 

Water is able to balance the sharing of water available across the region in order to maintain 

service in all weather conditions. 

Yorkshire Water is responsible for the sewerage network and waste water treatment works 

across Bradford. They own and operate over 600 waste water treatment works across 

Yorkshire. 

Through discussions with Yorkshire Water it is understood that major urban areas tend to 

have spare waste treatment capacity, however the growth of smaller outlying towns and 

villages is where capacity issues are most likely to arise. This is a particular concern relating 

to new development potentials within the catchments of the Aire Valley trunk sewer. This 

sewer collects the foul drainage from the areas of Kildwick, Glusburn, Cross Hills Sutton-on- 

Craven, Steeton and Silsden and now is at or near its capacity. As a result there is a risk that 

the sewer can overflow which will result in sewage debris leaving the sewer and being 

57

deposited on land. These incidents can have a negative impact on the amenity of the area 

and also pose a risk to human health. There is an additional risk that the sewage may enter 

a watercourse and result damage to the aquatic environment. 

However, for elsewhere within the district where the public sewer network does not have 

sufficient capacity for any further developments this is not an objection from YW to any 

development in that part of Bradford. Yorkshire Water through the LDF process will identify 

issues that will need to be addressed, either by Yorkshire Water Service through its capital 

investment programme or by developer funding through sewer requisitions. 

Future Plan/Programme 

Yorkshire Water use local development plans, economic information, population forecasts 

and other data to plan for growth and new provision. The Water Resources Management 

Plan (2010 – 2035) is based on local population forecasts from ONS 2005 mid year 

estimates and 2004 based projections, as well as house building forecasts and econometric 

data. 

The forecast in the Water Resources Management Plan (2010 – 2035) is for considerably 

reduced housing growth, mainly as a result of the current economic crisis. The table below 

shows Yorkshire Water has adopted a mid range forecast to plan for properties across the 

region demanding new water and waste water connections within the grid surface water 

zone (GSWZ). 

Table: New property forecast range 

From 2010 demand figures for new domestic properties assume a per capita consumption of 

120 litres per head per day, based on new properties being built in line with code for 

sustainable homes standards. It is assumed non-households will use 118.3 litres per 

property per day. 

Yorkshire Water is required by the Water Industry Act 1991 to allow for new growth and 

invest in their infrastructure accordingly. The company works within five year investment 

periods; the current Asset Management Plan (AMP5) commenced in April 2010. The 

planned growth scenario submitted to Ofwat (Yorkshire Water’s regulator) plans for the 

majority of provision around existing settlements and has made allowance for growth across 

Bradford. Within the five year period if development exceeds the level of forecast growth or 

proposals are not planned for within adopted local plans, developers will have to fund the 

connections and any necessary improvements to infrastructure. Developers can either make 

contributions to the utilities provider or wait for this development to be factored into the 

58

following Yorkshire Water plan period. This only applies to waste water treatment; a 

developer may still be required to contribute to sewerage network improvements. 

It is likely that local reinforcements will be required to service local developments as and 

when these are allocated. These are considered as extensions to existing local distribution 

networks and would be consistent with costs that would normally be associated with 

providing services to developments. 

Whilst the current situation shows a healthy resource in Yorkshire, climate change and new 

legislation on abstractions means there is potential need to adapt the water grid. Yorkshire 

Water estimates a possible 10% reduction in water yields due to climate change over the 

period to 2035 (Strategic Direction Statement, 2010 pg 29). Any shortfalls in supply can be 

addressed by implementing demand reduction options (such as leakage control) as well as 

development of existing assets. 

The Floods and Water Management Act (April 2010) legislates for a new set of national 

standards for the sewerage network and sustainable drainage, as well as protecting water 

supplies. The sewerage network across Bradford will be subject to a high level modelling 

study during Asset Management Plan 5 to investigate areas of deficiency. 

6.2 Flood Defences 

Flood risk is a real and also a perceived issue throughout Yorkshire, not only in Bradford 

where demand and potential for further development, particularly in new housing sectors, 

are increasing every year. Major flooding incidents have often resulted in the Council and 

others making policy and operational changes to water management in order to reduce the 

risk of further floods or to reduce the damage caused. The local authority together with the 

environment agency is therefore working towards improving the standard of protection of the 

existing communities and infrastructures. The government also has developed a strategy in 

the form of PPS 25 that aims to use the planning system to reduce the demand for further 

flood defences by protecting natural floodplains from development, and to steer investment 

away from areas of high flood risk 

59

Bradford district encompasses a significant part of the catchment for the river Aire. The Aire 

enters the district from the Craven District to the north west, and has a number of major 

tributaries from the south. To the north, the Bradford district is bounded by the Wharfe 

corridor, although there is a part to the north of the river at Ilkley which lies within the 

CBMDC area. The Aire, Wharfe, Worth and Silsden Beck are classified as main rivers and 

are the responsibility of the Environment Agency, although parts of the Aire are managed by 

the Drainage Board. Flooding from the Aire is moderated by the extensive washlands 

upstream of the district. Flood risk in the district may be examined by accessing the EA’s online 

maps that have recently been updated. These show the likelihood of inland areas being 

affected by flooding for both a 1% (100 to 1) and 0.1% (1000 to 1) chance of occurrence in 

any one year. 

The ‘natural’ flood plains shown are illustrated as if there were no flood defences in place, 

although where these exist, they show higher levels of protection. 

The EA Flood Risk maps currently show some 3,476 properties as potentially at risk from 

flooding within the boundaries of Bradford Council. This figure is a “count” of the properties 

within the floodplain in the “urban” areas as defined by the areas shown grey on the 

1:50,000 Ordnance Survey maps. 

Bradford has a history of land and property being flooded through heavy downpours of rain 

and watercourses overflowing their banks. Flooding can be caused by main rivers bursting 

their banks or by localised incidents involving smaller becks or by surcharging drainage 

systems. Communities on the Rivers Aire and Wharfe were flooded during the November 

2000 event. As a result delineation of the natural floodplain is well understood. 

During the flooding of November 2000 significant numbers of properties were affected along 

the River Aire at Shipley, Bingley and Apperley Bridge and particularly at Stockbridge, where 

60

substantial flood damages were sustained as a result of structural failure of the river 

defences, which have subsequently been reinstated and improved. In general relatively few 

areas within the Bradford District are constituted as ‘defended areas’. Flooding from the 

River Aire is modified by a substantial system of washlands upstream of Bradford. During 

periods of high flow, water spills into these vital washland areas, reducing maximum flood 

areas downstream (ie within residential communities). 

An increased programme of investment is currently underway to improve the standard of 

protection to existing communities. The Authority works in partnership with a variety of 

organisations to address water management in the district. European funding has been 

accessed for flood alleviation capital projects. Water management strategies and 

programmes aim to: 

• Reduce the risk of flooding 

• Mitigate the effect of flooding 

• Provide coordinated and effective emergency responses to flooding incidents 

A Strategic Flood Risk Assessment for Bradford District was carried out in 2003 in 

consultation with the Environment Agency and Yorkshire Water. Primarily this used existing 

data sources and provided information on the nature of flood risk in the district, and its 

potential consequences with respect to the allocation of proposed development sites. Only a 

handful of sites out of 400 allocations have been subsequently withdrawn or re-phased, a 

proportion of these until such time that further investigations have been undertaken. More 

recently PPS 25 clarifies the Sequential Test that matches types of development to degrees 

of flood risk and strengthens the requirement to include flood risk at all levels of the planning 

process 

The Strategic Flood Risk Assesment (SFRA) identified the main river flooding issues as 

given in following Table. 

61

Table 2: Known Main River Flooding Issues – Bradford District 

Source: Bradford Strategic Flood Risk Assessment Final Report 2003 

The report also highlighted the known flooding issues related to the ‘Critical Ordinary 

Watercourses’ and also summarises Surface Water Drainage Related Issues across the 

district. 

The council has recently agreed to review the current SFRA in order to update the flood risk 

issues across the district and investigate the scope of the phase 2 recommendations 

outlined in the SFRA. At the time of writing this report the council is preparing tender briefs 

inviting independent consultants to carry out this assessment. 

In March 2005 the council also published a Review to consider the Future of Water 

Management and the Associated Problems of Flooding in the Bradford District 9 that 

analysed information from agencies involved in water management and the public affected 

by flooding in order to support future policy development and implementation. The report 

particularly highlighted how the nature and the scale of flood risk in Bradford district could be 

affected by future developments in regeneration, the landuse planning system, new 

9 BMDC (2005) Review to consider the Future of Water Management and the Associated Problems of 

Flooding in the Bradford District. Report dated March 2005. Policy Development Service, CBMDC. 

62

legislation, and new working practices. In conclusion, it outlined a range of recommendations 

based on its inquiry on the following key issues- 

• The risk, nature and scale of flooding in the district 

• Key actions required for reducing the risk of flooding 

• Key actions required for mitigating the effects of flooding 

The designation of the flood plains by the Environment Agency has seriously affected the 

availability of development sites where land and property are seen to be at risk. This not only 

restricts new development but also makes the redevelopment of existing buildings and 

brownfield sites potentially very difficult. The above report however envisaged that landuse 

plans (including the Airedale Master plan and the City Centre Master Plan) will recommend 

that new developments will include alternative methods of urban water management 

including rainwater harvesting, the use of reed beds, permeable hard surfaces, grey water 

recycling etc. The delivery of these innovative systems will require partnership working with 

the developers, the EA, YW and Bradford Council. There are of course other opportunities 

such as tree planting, and the creation of water storage and retention areas, which need to 

be considered. 

Flood risk will also influence the strategic choices for development that are to be addressed 

in the Core Strategy. A balanced view of the competing objectives of reducing flood risk and 

achieving regeneration will need to be taken when considering development in certain areas, 

particularly Bradford City and locations along the valley floor within Airedale. 

The Council are currently working with the Environment Agency in the producing of a Level 1 

Strategic Flood Risk Assessment (being prepared by JBA on behalf of the Council) to inform 

the LDF Core Strategy. Finding from the latest SFRA will be used to update and inform the 

Local Infrastructure Plan. 

6.3 Drainage 

The Land Drainage Authority is Bradford District Council which manages xx miles of 

drainage infrastructure. It has a responsibility for natural drainage and has powers 

associated with the prevention, mitigation and remedying of flood damage. Powers exist to 

maintain and improve existing watercourses and to construct new works for the benefit of the 

district. 

In defined areas Internal Drainage Boards have operational and regulatory powers on 

specific ordinary watercourses. They operate and improve flood defences and provide an 

emergency response. They can raise money through local drainage rates, funding from 

Local Authorities and Grant Aid from DEFRA. 

The Airedale internal Drainage Board is operational on the River Aire in the Bradford District 

between Eastburn and Keighley. 

63

A considerable proportion of the ordinary watercourses within the Bradford district are 

designated ‘Critical Ordinary Watercourses’. This designation reflects a known issue with 

respect to flooding, and is generally associated with (for example) limited channel capacity, 

channel constrictions and/or a poor maintenance regime. 

The location and extents of Critical Ordinary Watercourses (COWs) within the Bradford 

district have been provided by the Environment Agency (NE Region), Dales and Ridings 

Area(s). 

Table: Critical Ordinary Watercourses – Bradford District 

Dales Area Ridings Area 

Harden Beck 

Barnsley Beck Leeming Beck 

Blackshaw Beck Nab Wood Beck 

Backstone Beck Bowling Beck 

North Beck 

Town Beck Bradford Beck Providence Lane 

Bridgehouse Beck (Unnamed 

watercourse) 

Source: Bradford SFRA (2003) 

River Worth (upper) 

Tributary(s) 

Silsden Beck 

Utley Area 

The Bradford Strategic Flood Risk Assessment (2003) has identified known critical surface 

water drainage problem areas across the district in consulation with the council and 

Yorkshire water. Generally these issue areas are predominantly those sites affected by 

failure of the surface water drainage network (including combined sewer systems in older 

areas) as a result of limited system capacity and/or blockage. These areas are broadly 

summarised in Table below. 

Table: Known Critical Surface Water Issue Areas 

Location Nature of Problem 

Residential properties affected by flooding within lower 

Idle (Haigh Beck) 

reaches. Complex combined sewer network of unknown 

capacity 

Properties affected by watercourse flooding within lower 

Apperley Bridge (Carr Beck) 

reaches near the confluence with the Aire. 

Residential properties affected by watercourse and 

Addingham (Town Beck) 

drainage flooding within constrained upper reaches. 

Silsden (Silsden Beck 

Residential properties affected by watercourse and 

Tributaries) 

drainage flooding within constrained upper reaches. 

High value commercial properties affected by localised 

Bradford City Centre (Bradford flooding within city centre. Complex combined sewer 

Beck) 

network upstream. System capacity constrained by 

300m length of culvert under Canal Street 

Source: Bradford SFRA (2003) 

Notwithstanding the key problem areas identified above, Yorkshire Water has highlighted 

that there could be potential future problem sites in areas within which it is recognised that 

the existing surface water drainage system does not have sufficient capacity to adequately 

service any proposed future developments. 

64

Furthermore, the Keighley Drainage Study (Babtie) was commissioned by CBMDC to 

investigate explicitly the potential impact that the current sewer system represents upon the 

local environment (considering both water quality and flooding issues). The study also 

considered the capacity of the current sewer infrastructure to adequately support future 

development within the Keighley area. In summary, a small proportion of the existing sewer 

system was highlighted as exhibiting a less than desirable capacity (i.e. sewer overflows 

expected during storm conditions resulting in poor water quality and/or localised flooding) 

under current and/or future development conditions within the study area. At the time of 

writing, with the exception of a limited number of proposed Combined Sewer Overflow 

(CSO) upgrades, no information had been provided by Yorkshire Water to confirm (or 

otherwise) whether future capital improvement schemes were intended to address these 

potential problem areas. 

It is emphasised that, within many areas of the Bradford district, surface water runoff is 

channelled into the combined sewer system. During periods of wet weather, the capacity of 

the sewer system is often exceeded, and this is managed through a form of ‘controlled’ 

release via a Combined Sewer Overflow (CSO). The number of CSOs in operation 

throughout the Bradford district is considerable, and not surprisingly the frequency and 

volume (and hence associated flood risk) of overflows at each individual CSO location is not 

fully understood. 

7.0 Waste Production and Management 

In 2007 (the latest data available) the total amount of waste produced (known as waste 

arisings) in the District is estimated to have been at least 852,489 tonnes excluding 

Construction Demolition and Excavation Waste 10 . This rises to a best estimate of 1,424,003 

tonnes when all waste types are included: 

• Agricultural waste: waste arising from a farm or market garden, including organic 

matter such as manure, slurry, silage effluent and crop residues, but also packaging 

and films, and animal treatment dips; 

• Commercial waste: waste arising from wholesalers, catering establishments, 

shops and offices (in both the public and private sector). This also includes 

municipal waste collected by commercial waste agencies; 

• Construction and demolition waste: waste arising from the construction, repair, 

maintenance and demolition of buildings and structures. For this waste type it is 

important to note that the original figures from the RSS have been used as they are 

likely to portray a more accurate reflection of waste arising of this type due to 

certain exclusions within the waste data interrogator figures for C&D waste; 

• Hazardous waste: defined in European Law as those wastes included within the 

European Waste Catalogue because they possess one or more of the hazardous 

properties set out in the Hazardous Waste Directive. Waste data figures for 

hazardous waste type is taken from the Hazardous Waste Interrogator 2007; 

10 Data taken from Waste Data Interrogator 2007 produced by the Environment Agency 

65

• Industrial waste: waste arising from factories and industrial plants; and 

• Municipal waste: includes household waste and other waste collected by waste 

collection authorities. 

The figures below outline the waste arisings within the District in 2007. They illustrate large 

contributions to the total waste arisings across the District from Municipal Solid Waste and 

Commercial and Industrial, together accounting for over 56% of total estimated waste 

arisings. Construction, Demolition & Excavation waste is also likely to produce large 

contributions to total waste arisings although these figures are only estimates from regional 

data. 

Figure: Breakdown of Waste Arisings in Bradford (2007) 

40% 

2% 2% 

18% 

Municipal Solid Waste 

Commercial and Industrial Waste 

Construction, Demolition and Excavation Waste 

Hazardous Waste 

Agricultural Waste 

Source: Waste and Hazardous Waste Data Interrogator set, 2007, Environment Agency 

Figure: Summary of Waste Arisings in Bradford (2007) 

Type of Waste Arising Arisings (tonnes) 

Municipal Solid Waste (BMDC only) 261,065 

Commercial and Industrial Waste 547,131 

Construction, Demolition and Excavation Waste 11 571,514 

Hazardous Waste 21,821 

Agricultural Waste 12 22,472 

TOTAL 1,424,003 

Source: Waste and Hazardous Waste Data Interrogator, 2007, Environment Agency 

11 NB: Robust data is not available at the time of writing specific to Bradford. In order to generate a figure for Construction, 

Demolition and Excavation Waste arisings for Bradford the Yorkshire and Humber total has been divided by 21 (the number of 

UA / District areas within the region) as an average. It is noted that in the context of Bradford relative to the other administrative 

areas across the region that this figure is likely to be a low estimate. 

12 NB: Data on Agricultural Waste arisings across Bradford is believed to be a low estimate based on some data being excluded 

or counted as commercial and industrial waste due to licensing of premises additionally the Environment Agency does not 

count most of this type of waste. Agricultural waste arisings excludes manure or straw. Manure and slurry when spread at the 

place of production, for the benefit of agriculture, is not considered waste. 

38% 

66

Municipal Waste 

Bradford MDC covers an area of 141 square miles (36,536 hectares), and contains some 

200,000 domestic properties. The vast majority of municipal waste is delivered directly to the 

2 transfer stations (in Bradford to the south of the District, and Keighley to the north). The 

waste is bulk loaded and transported by road to landfill sites in Wakefield and Skipton 

(outside the district). The volume of waste produced is currently growing at approximately 2- 

3% per annum. 

Table: Wastes produced in 2005/06 13 

Source: Environ (2008) 

The types of municipal waste produced in Bradford (for 2005/06) are identified in the table 

above. The information was derived from the Waste Treatment Project Outline Business 

Case January 2008. 

7.1 Waste Collection, Treatment and Disposal Services 

13 Source: Bradford Waste DPD Sustainability Appraisal Scoping Report Revision (Environ, 2008) 

67

The Council operates 4 very different and discrete waste collection services. Operating from 

two bases, Harris Street at Bradford and Stockbridge at Keighley, 185 operational staff, 

utilising 60 frontline vehicles, collect approximately 210,000 tonnes of waste per annum. 

Table: Waste Collection Services 

Domestic Refuse Collection 

The domestic collection service is delivered with 31 operational rounds, of these 28 service 

the urban areas utilising 26 tonne vehicles with a driver and 2 loaders. The rural areas 

represent 60% of the district are serviced with 3 rounds operating on 11 tonne vehicles with 

a driver and loader. The Authority began the introduction of wheeled bins in 1998 and 

completed the process in December 2000. The weekly service collects 162,000 tonnes 

annually of domestic waste from 200,000 households. 

Recycling 

The division collects paper and glass via separate 240 litre wheeled bins from 120,000 

households across the District. The monthly service uses 26 tonnes compaction vehicles to 

collect over 10,000 tonnes of recyclates per annum. 

Bulky Household Collection 

Three dedicated bulk collection crews of a driver and one operative collect 3,000 tonnes of 

bulky waste from around of 30,000 requests per annum. 

Trade Waste Service 

The trade portfolio has 5,500 customers and a turnover of £3.7m. There are 22 operational 

staff operating 10 frontline vehicles. The service collects 43,000 tonnes of trade waste from 

a variety of commercial and industrial premises. 

To handle all the waste collected by the above, the Council operates a number of facilities 

and functions. Within the District there are a number of waste management facilities, 

including: 

• Landfill sites; 

• Civic amenity / household waste recycling centres; 

• Waste transfer sites; 

• Metal recycling sites; 

• Storage sites; and 

• Treatment sites. 

In total there were 61 such facilities across the District in 2007. These are broken down by 

site category in the table below. 

68

Table: Number of Operational Waste Management Facilities in Bradford (2007) 

Type of Waste Management Facility Number of Facilities 

Landfill 2 

MRS 21 

Treatment 4 

Transfer 34 

TOTAL 61 facilities 

Source: Waste Date Interrogator, 2007, Environment Agency 

TableX provides an outline capacity for each of the facility types across the District in tonnes. 

This data is taken from the previous RATS Data set (2005), prepared by the Environment 

Agency, which represents the best available data currently in record and will be subject to 

further update and analysis during the net review of the baseline analysis report. 

Table : Capacity of Operational Waste Management Facilities in Bradford (2005) 

Type of Waste Management Facility 

Landfill 

Inert 944,260 

Non Hazardous 1,089,356 

Restricted 165,000 

Transfer 

Civic Amenity/Household Waste Recycling Sites 81,997 

Waste Transfer 1,005,678 

Metal Recycling Sites 

Car Breaker 102,149 

Metal Recycling 1,161,800 

Storage 

In-House Storage 2,500 

Pet Crematorium 75 

Capacity of Facilities 

(tonnes) 

69

Treatment 

Chemical Treatment 250 

Physical-Chemical Treatment 80,914 

TOTAL (including Waste Transfer) 4,633,979 

TOTAL (excluding Waste Transfer) 1,347,688 

Source: RATS Data set, 2005, Environment Agency 

To deal with MSW specifically the following treatment and disposal services are currently 

being used in the district. 

Table: Municipal Waste Treatment and Disposal Services in the District 

Transfer Stations 

There are 2 transfer stations: 

• Royd Way, Keighley - handles approximately 70,000 t/pa 

• Bowling Back Lane, Bradford - handles approximately 180,000 t/pa These sites are 

purpose built facilities, providing weighing in and out of all loads, and categorising waste 

into type, source and destination. The sites utilise large items of plant and 44 tonne road 

going haulage and are open 362 days per year. 

Currently Bradford transfer station hauls to Welbeck landfill near Wakefield, operated by 

WRG (contracted minimum of 160,000 t/pa): Keighley transfer station hauls to Skibedon 

Landfill near Skipton, operated by Yorwaste (contracted minimum of 60,000 t/pa). Landfill 

contracts end in 2010 but it is likely that BMDC will need to procure further landfill contracts 

to 2015. There are no suitable landfills in the Bradford area. 

The transfer sites also receive waste directly from traders and commercial waste collections 

for which a charge is levied. They also offer a public weighbridge facility for which a charge 

is levied. A household waste recycling centre is also provided at each transfer station. 

Materials Reclamation Facility (MRF) 

A small MRF is located at Bowling Back Lane and processes waste for recycling. Dry 

recyclables are received from Household Waste Recycling Centres, bring sites and wheeled 

bin recycling schemes. The facility incorporates a sorting and picking station, magnetic 

separations, and metal, aluminium, card, paper, textile and plastic baling equipment. Once 

recycling waste is received, the waste is cleaned up and sorted into various types and 

grades and put into a suitable form for onward transportation to specialist recycling 

merchants. Any reject or non suitable materials are deposited as a waste into the adjoining 

transfer station. 

70

Household Waste Recycling Centres 

There are 7 sites located throughout the District, (formerly known as Civic Amenity Sites). 

The sites are open for the public to use to dispose of bulky or excess waste and to deposit 

materials for recycling (these sites are not available for traders to use). 

These sites are open 7 days per week, 362 days per year, and are serviced by a fleet of 4 x 

32 tonne container handling vehicles. The quality of the site infrastructures varies from well 

planned sites such as Sugden End, to ones with little space or facilities (e.g. Golden Butts, 

Ilkley). Significant infrastructure improvements have taken place recently, with further action 

planned for 2006. 

Chemical Advisory Service (CAS) 

A chemical advisory service is offered to inspect, investigate, consign, transport and 

correctly dispose of small quantities or unwanted chemicals. 

• Lab chemicals e.g., from schools, colleges etc. 

• Pharmaceuticals. 

• Herbicides. 

• Poisons. 

• Chemical reagents. 

• Unidentified powders and liquids. 

The service is offered at no charge to Bradford householders. An inspection, collection and 

disposal charge is made to outside companies and organisations. 

Contract Management 

Disposal contracts for deposit of waste to landfill are managed including: 

- two major contracts for landfill (described below); 

- the disposal of difficult or special wastes to landfill e.g., tyres, asbestos; 

- incineration of various chemicals from CAS or analysis of chemicals; 

- incineration of clinical wastes; 

- recycling contracts for various types of products with recycling/reclamation 

- merchants; 

- composting of green wastes; 

- other minor contracts associated with operations. 

Landfill Aftercare 

The service is also responsible for looking after the legacy of previous landfilling of municipal 

wastes within the District, including site restoration and maintenance, and environmental 

control measures for areas such as landfill gas and leachates. This aftercare will continue 

for many years into the future and includes environmental monitoring, which involves the 

collection of field data via monitoring equipment, its subsequent collation and interpretation, 

culminating in a quarterly report to the Environment Agency. This service is also provided to 

71

some outside agencies for which a fee is levied. 

Currently a landfill gas flaring system is operating at the Sugden End landfill, along with 

leachate pumping. Progressive capping and restoration continues at this site, other sites are 

now restored but still require monitoring and land management. 

Maps showing all the Transfer and Landfill Facilities Location are attached in appendix 1. 

Management of non-municipal waste sources is listed below- 

Commercial and Industrial 

There are approximately 10 sites in the District managing general commercial and industrial 

(C & I) waste. 8 of the sites are located to the south of the district, in or around the City 

Centre area (particularly the Bowling area), with 2 sites to the north of the District (in the 

Keighley/Eldwick area). Most of the 10 sites are waste transfer stations, which sort the 

waste, recycle what is possible and dispose of that material which cannot be recycled to 

landfill 

There are 4 specialist sites which specialise in managing animal wastes, 2 of the specialist 

sites are located in the city centre area and 2 to the east of the district in the 

Thorton/Harecroft area. These sites undertake processes such as rendering and 

incineration. 

Construction and Demolition Waste 

Currently there are approximately 8 sites managing construction and demolition (C&D) 

waste. 7 of the sites are located to the south of the district (near or within the city centre) 

and 1 site is to the north (in the Keighley area). Most of the sites are waste transfer stations 

which recycle the material to produce a secondary aggregate and divert the unrecyclable C 

& D to landfill. 3 of the sites also manage the C & I waste detailed above. 

Hazardous Waste 

There is currently one major facility managing hazardous waste which is situated in the 

south of the district (in the Bowling Back Lane area). 

Agricultural Waste 

There is no facility managing this type of waste in the Bradford District. The farmers 

currently manage this waste individually on their agricultural holding. 

7.2 Waste Composition 

In 2002 MEL Research (MEL) was commissioned to undertake an analysis of kerbside 

collected domestic wastes in Bradford. MEL found that the average Asian household size 

was 4.58 people, while average for non-Asian was 2.40 people, and also the Asian 

households had a younger age profile. 

72

In terms of overall weight of waste put out for disposal, Asian households produced 18.36kg 

/ week, while non-Asian households 14.52kg / week. When household size is taken into 

account, residual weight per capita for Asian household was 4.01kg / week, as against 

6.05kg / week for non-Asian households. 

Observation as to difference in waste composition showed there to be more kitchen waste 

and disposable nappies in Asian households, and conversely more glass in non-Asian 

households. 

The survey found surprisingly similar levels of awareness of recycling facilities at household 

waste sites and drop-off recycling sites, but interestingly Asian households tended to donate 

higher levels of clothing and textiles to charitable/fund raising collections. Despite higher 

levels of kitchen waste, Asian households tended not to compost their waste, even where 

they had a garden. 

The survey showed 37% of Asians and 48% of non-Asian households putting garden waste 

directly into the residual waste stream. The report found that enthusiasm for recycling is 

probably determined more by levels of deprivation than by ethnicity. 

The overall waste composition for waste collected at the kerbside for Bradford is detailed in 

the table below. 

Table : Summary MEL Kerbside Waste Composition Analysis (Bradford) 

Waste Stream Kg per household/week % by weight 

Putrescibles 57.0 38.6 

Paper and card 33.9 23.5 

Misc. combustible 10.6 7.4 

Glass 9.8 6.9 

Dense plastic 9.3 6.5 

Plastic film 7.2 5.0 

Textiles 5.0 3.5 

Ferrous metal 4.6 3.2 

Misc. non-combustible 2.8 2.0 

Non-ferrous metal 2.3 1.6 

WEEE 0.7 1.5 

Fines 0.4 0.3 

TOTAL 143.6 100 

73

Household Waste Recycling Centres 

Some 51,000 tonnes of waste (23% of the District’s domestic waste) arises from Bradford’s 

7 Household Waste Recycling Centres (HWRC). MEL undertook a survey of HWRC waste 

use and waste types in July 2002. 

Survey data, plus data held by the department indicates that: 

• 50% of all HWRC inputs by weight arises on weekends. 

• around 60% of all inputs are delivered in summer months (April to September). 

• the heaviest fractions from the sample representing 75% of total weight are: 

- electrical and electronic equipment 15.6% 

- green waste 14.8% 

- mixed household (bin waste) 14.3% 

- hardcore/rubble 11.3% 

- textiles 10.3% 

- wood 9.1% 

The biodegradable content of the HWRC waste surveyed is reproduced in the table below. 

Table: Biodegradable material, HWRC July 2002 

Primary Category Sub Category 

Paper and card 

Friday Saturday 

% % 

Recyclable paper 1.4 0.9 

Recyclable card 0.0 0.0 

Cardboard 4.5 2.7 

Non-recyclable paper 2.8 0.9 

Textiles Man made and natural fibres 4.1 6.6 

Misc. combustible 

Misc. non-combustible 

Putrescible 

Shoes 0.1 0.0 

Wood 8.9 9.2 

Other combustible 1.4 0.3 

Soil 0.0 0.0 

Other non-combustible 0.8 0.1 

Soft compostable garden waste 9.1 22.6 

Other putrescibles 1.6 0.0 

Fines Particles >10mm 0.4 0.0 

74

Mixed Household Normally material for the wheeled bin 7.8 10.6 

TOTAL 42.9 53.9 

7.3 Recycling and Composting in Bradford 

Bradford MDC achieved a recycling / composting rate for domestic waste of 23.8% for 

2007/8 against a local service agreement target of 24%. Recently published research 

suggests 30% is the maximum recycling level likely to be achieve in large metropolitan areas 

such as Bradford. 

Approximately 55% of waste in 2004/05 was sourced from refuse collection, approximately 

17.5% of waste was collected from household waste and recycling centres and a further 7% 

was collected in trade waste containers including commercial and industrial waste handled 

by the Council. 

The Government has set (and will continue to revise and review) performance standards 

relating to such areas as recycling and composting, along with specific guidance as to how 

definitions these indicators are to be calculated e.g., what materials count and how 

measured. The current statutory recycling target (2005/06) BV82 (a) + (b) for Bradford is 

24%. Clearly the achievement of BVPI targets will be a very important feature of any long 

term strategy for Bradford’s waste. 

Table: Recycling and composing trend data based on BVPIs 

Source: Bradford Waste DPD Sustainability Appraisal Scoping Report Revision (Environ, 2008) 

To achieve the 16.7% recycling target in 2004/5, the Council employed a number of 

initiatives: 

• a diversion rate of nearly 50% is achieved at HWRC; 

• a kerbside recycling scheme based on paper is provided to 60% of all 

75

• domestic properties on an opt out basis; 

• a kerbside recycling scheme based on glass/cans is provided to 10% of all 

• domestic properties on an opt in basis; 

• drop off banks are provided across the District; and 

• green waste kerbside collection. 

7.4 Future Waste Position in Bradford to 2021 

Bradford is subject to a number of waste targets derived from the national, regional and local 

levels. 

At the national level, the following targets apply: 

• Landfill: By 2010 reduce the amount of biodegradable municipal waste sent to 

landfill to 75% of the total generated in 1995; 50% by 2013 an 35% by 2020 

(Landfill Directive). 

• Recycling and composting of household waste: At least 40% by 2010; 45% by 2015 

and 50% by 2020 (Waste Strategy 2007). 

• Recovery of municipal waste: 53% by 2010; 67% by 2015 and 75% by 2020 (Waste 

Strategy 2007). 

• Commercial and industrial waste: Reduce amount going to landfill by 20% in 2010 

compared to 2004 (Waste Strategy 2007). 

At the regional level the following targets apply: 

• Waste production: Reduce the annual increase in waste growth to 2% (from 3%) by 

2008/09 (Yorkshire and Humber Regional Waste Strategy). 

• 100% of waste developments should be in compliance with the Regional Plan’s 

locational criteria in Policy ENV14. 100% of local authorities have allocated 

sufficient sites in line with Policy ENV14. 

Local targets are shown in the BVPI table above. 

Predictions have been made at Regional level through the RSS on the likely waste to be 

managed up to 2021. Predictions have also been made on the landfill capacity, treatment 

and recycling required for municipal waste and commercial and Industrial waste (in order to 

meet targets) and these are illustrated below. 

76

Table : Municipal solid waste forecasts for Bradford 

Table : Commercial and industrial waste forecasts for Bradford 

Source: Regional Spatial Strategy (2008) 

Recycling and composting trend data based on BVPIs indicate that by 2008/2009, the target 

rate should be 26% of all wastes are recycled or composted. Performance targets and 

predictions for household waste for 2020 estimate 33% of waste will be recycled or 

composted. 

Bradford’s Municipal Waste Management Strategy outlines the current management of the 

waste stream and details the challenging targets set by Government through policy and 

other legislative drivers such as the Landfill Allowance Trading Scheme. The Strategy 

analyses how these drivers seek to divert municipal waste from landfill, increase recycling 

and move the management of waste up the waste hierarchy. The strategy acknowledges the 

need for a step change to the management of municipal waste, up the waste hierarchy and 

away from landfilling. 

8. Information Technology and Communication (ITC) 

8.1 Broadband and wireless 

There are two main fixed-line networks that provide telecommunications access to homes 

and businesses that operate in the Bradford District; Openreach (the main access network 

owned by BT, and the most significant) and Virgin Media (the cable television networks). In 

77

addition, large commercial users may bypass these access networks to get direct access to 

other national networks. 

Telecommunications traffic (data and voice) travels on several major national networks and 

between access networks. Major providers include BT, Cable & Wireless, Virgin Media and 

Thus. These providers connect to the access networks at exchanges, or in the case of large 

commercial customers, directly to end-users. 

There is an open market for the provision of telecoms access networks to new development, 

similar to that in other utility sectors. This is set out below. 

BT Openreach: Most residential customers and small businesses access telephone and 

broadband services via the Openreach network. Openreach owns, maintains and develops 

the telecommunications network between local exchanges and users’ homes and 

businesses – the part of the network often referred to as the ‘local loop’, ‘final mile’ or 

‘access network’. 

Openreach is currently part of BT, operating as an independent business unit. The formation 

of Openreach as a separate entity within BT was part of an agreement with Ofcom to ensure 

that this essential final component of the network was available to all providers, including BT 

itself on an equal basis. In this respect, Openreach and its access network now operates in a 

similar model to the gas and electricity distributors. 

Similarly, there is an open market for the provision of telecoms networks to new 

developments – although this is developing market, and generally only major new residential 

schemes are being served in this way. However, these networks include FTTH (Fibre to the 

Home) provision, also known as Next Generation Access. FTTH offers significantly faster 

and more reliable and consistent broadband connections than is possible using the copper 

wire access networks. Openreach is undertaking a FTTH trail as part of new residential 

development at Ebbsfleet in the Thames Gateway. 

In recent times BT has upgraded/in the process of upgrading several exchanges across 

Bradford aiming to link more businesses and homes to fibre broadband connections across 

the district. To date Shipley and Low Moor have been enabled. Cullingwoth, Haworth, 

Bingley, Dudley Hill, Burley and Undercliffe are also in their programme for future connection 

and the Council is confident about getting more exchanges into the programme. After the 

changes have been made, more super-fast lines will be set-up in the region boosting 

communication links for business and homes. This plan is part of BT's £1.5 billion pledge to 

make super-fast fibre broadband available to 40% of the UK, equivalent to 10 million homes, 

by 2012. 14 

The Council was also involved in a LCR bid (led by Calderdale) for the Broadband Delivery 

UK (BDUK) funding. The bid has received £6,340,000 to help upgrade approximately 

14 http://racetoinfinityandbeyond.veadas.net/ [accessed 11 November 2010]. 

78

212,336 (21.2% of total premises) White Premises (i.e. premises that are eligible for subsidy 

because they cannot currently get a good broadband connection) across the region 15 . The 

implementation of the full programme will require the development of a Local Broadband 

Plan which the Council envisages to do in near future. In terms of Bradford’s input into the 

bid the focus has been upon Steeton and Silsden as this exchange is not currently in BT’s 

investment programme and its likely to be area of population growth and demand. 

Virgin Media: The main urban areas in the region (excluding Hull) are served by the Virgin 

Media network. The Virgin Media network is the result of consolidation in the Cable TV 

industry, and is an amalgamation of Cable TV franchises awarded and developed in the 

1980s and 1990s, most recently with the merger of NTL and Telewest. Whilst there are still 

some Cable TV networks outside the control of Virgin Media, there are none in the Yorkshire 

& Humber Region. Maps showing the broad extent of the Virgin Media controlled franchise 

areas and core network are shown below:- 

Figure: Approximate Extent of the Virgin Media Cable Network 

Notes: Blue areas show the extent of Virgin Media Cable TV franchises, the purple areas show the 

actual extent of network deployment. Virgin Media also operates a national network of trunk routes 

(not shown). 

15 http://www.ispreview.co.uk/story/2011/08/16/uk-government-allocates-remaining-superfastbroadband-budget-to-local-councils.html 

[accessed 11 October 2011] 

79

The Virgin Media network is notable for a number of reasons. Firstly it is the only major 

network that provides a physical alternative to the Openreach access network for fixed-line 

telephony and broadband services to a significant proportion of existing homes and 

businesses in the Bradford District. Secondly, its basic system architecture is significantly 

different from the Openreach network, insofar as high capacity fibre optic cabling is used to 

streetcabinet level, with services from street cabinets to the end users delivered using 

highcapacity co-axial cable for broadband and television services as well as a traditional 

copper telephone line for voice calls. As a result much higher broadband speeds are 

possible compared to the Openreach copper wire network and (subject to being served by 

the network) there is no degradation in broadband service in relation to proximity to an 

exchange. 

However, Virgin Media is generally not investing in speculative investment in expanding the 

network any further, and those homes and small businesses without access to the network 

are unlikely to get it in the future, including new development. An important reason for this is 

the debt accrued by the Cable TV companies building the network which now exists, with the 

commercial emphasis now on generating income. Major commercial customers can still 

expect investment to be made to secure a connection to the network. 

8.2 Telecommunication 

British Telecom (BT) reports that in their opinion adequate infrastructure capacity is available 

in Bradford District at present. In terms of future capacity, the licence under which BT 

operate requires them to provide network capacity upon request only. 

8.3 Mobile Phone Coverage 

2G stands for Second Generation and is the technical name for the standard mobile 

network. Outdoors, the 2G network covers over 99% of the UK population and allows people 

to make calls, send text and photo messages and surf the mobile internet. The District has 

2G coverage from the following main network operators:- 

• Orange 

• O2 

• Vodaphone 

• T – Mobile 

• 3 

3G stands for Third Generation and is the technical name the most up to date mobile 

network. The 3G network provides the same level of service as the standard 2G network 

plus the ability to make video calls (between most 3G phones) and download email, music 

and videos from the mobile internet at up to ten times faster than on 2G (it works at up to 

384kbps). The 3G network can also be used for mobile broadband. This district has 3G 

coverage from the following main network operators:- 

• Orange 

• O2 

80

• Vodaphone 

• T – Mobile 

• 3 

Maps showing mobile phone coverage for the main operators can be viewed by visiting the 

website: - http://www.directmobilephones.com/coverage.htm 

To view and find details about the mobile phone base stations located across the district 

please visit the website: http://www.sitefinder.ofcom.org.uk/. 

Typically a base station consists of an equipment cabinet, an antenna that sends and 

receives radio waves to and from mobile phones and a structure that supports the antenna. 

The radio waves can carry speech, data, music, pictures etc. 

Each base station provides coverage for a given area. Base stations can be a few hundred 

metres apart in major cities or several kilometres apart in rural areas. The transmitting power 

of any particular base station is variable and depends on several factors, including the 

number of calls and the distance between the base station and the mobile phones making 

the calls. 

The Ofcom database above includes base stations operated by the public cellular operators, 

O2, Orange, 3, Tmobile and Vodafone and also the private GSM stations operated by 

Network Rail and the TETRA network operated by Airwave Solutions Ltd for the Emergency 

Services. 

8.4 Public Phones 

BT has over 63,000 public payphones in operation throughout the UK. With BT's Internet 

kiosks you can surf the web, send email and check your web based email account, send text 

messages to mobile phones, and make telephone calls. 

The following are the types of public payphones- 

• Standard payphone - Make telephone calls to landlines and mobile phones. 

• Text and email payphone - Make telephone calls, send text messages to mobile 

phones and emails. 

• Internet kiosks - Make telephone calls, send text messages and access to Internet 

based services when you are on the move. 

• Text direct - Text direct allows a caller to send a message to another text phone by 

using the keypad or dictating a message via an operator. 

Text Direct Public Phone locations in Bradford are as follows:- 

• Bradford Forster Square o/s Subway jcn of Petergate BD1 4JB 

• Bradford Broadway Bank St BD1 1JD 

81

• Bradford Broadway jcn. Broadway/Cheapside BD1 1DA 

• Bradford Darley Street Keynet site jcn Duke Street BD1 3HH 

• Bradford Darley Street Keynet site nr Kirkgate BD1 3HH 

• Bradford Ivegate Keynet site BD1 1SQ 

• Bradford Kirkgate Keynet 86 nr Market entrance BD1 1QT 

• Bradford School Street keynet 85 jct cheapside/ BD1 4NH 

• Bradford Westgate Keynet o/s Kirkgate Mkt BD1 2QL 

Location of public Phone Boxes in Bradford District can be purchased from:- 

http://www.ukpayphone.com/index.php 

9. Public realm 

9.1 Footways 





The Council spent £xx on footway maintenance last year. 

9.2 Street furniture 

Bradford Council installs and maintains street furniture along the carriageway and footway 

across the District. There are xx litter bins, xx highway benches, 57,000 street lights, 8,000 

illuminated signs/bollards and 233 CCTV cameras maintained each year by Bradford 

Council. 

10. Historic legacy 

10.1 Listed buildings 

Buildings of architectural and historic interest, including non-designated heritage assets, 

make a vital contribution to the heritage character and environmental quality of the District. 

Bradford has over 5800 buildings, listed by the Secretary of State as being of special 

architectural or historic interest. These range from large industrial mill complexes to 

weaver’s cottages; and from agricultural farmsteads to stately halls and manor houses. 

ADD GIS MAP SHOWING ALL OF THE LISTED BUILDINGS IN BRADFORD DISTRICT 

The first listed building survey was carried out from 1993 to 1995; this systematically 

surveyed all listed buildings in the district using the standard procedure. Recently the 

82

Council have completed a re-survey (2001-2005) of all the buildings to highlight changes 

since the previous survey (1993-1995). Whilst many listed buildings are reviewed regularly, 

especially if in a critical condition, or a subject of ongoing discussions, the district wide 

survey indicates if the number of buildings at risk is decreasing, identifies any new buildings 

at risk and shows any patterns of problem buildings or areas, which may need different 

approaches. 

Current indications show that some 300 buildings and structures were identified as being ‘at 

risk’ or vulnerable. This information has since helped the Council identify priorities, targets 

efforts or resources and try to reduce the numbers. 

Description of all the Listed Buildings in Bradford could be found in the following weblink- 

http://www.bradford.gov.uk/the_environment/planning_service/heritage_and_conservation/lis 

ted_building_descriptions.htm 

There is also an online register of Bradford’s Listed Buildings at Risk which could be 

accessed from this link- 

http://www.bradford.gov.uk/the_environment/planning_service/heritage_and_conservation/o 

nline_register.htm 

10.2 Conservation areas 

The District currently has 59 designated Conservation Areas, which vary from Victorian 

suburbs such as Little Horton Lane representing the 19 th century growth of Bradford, to the 

historic linear upland villages such as Stanbury. Each conservation area has undergone a 

process of character assessment and boundary review carried out between 2001 and 2005. 

This has resulted in there being a Conservation Area Assessment document for each of the 

59 conservation areas in the district. 

The list of links below lead to the conservation area assessment document and the current 

boundary map for each conservation area. 

• Addingham 

• Apsley Crescent 

• Baildon 

• Baildon Green 

• Baildon, Station Road 

• Ben Rhydding 

• Bingley 

• Braithwaite 

• Brunthwaite 

• Burley in Wharfedale 

• Cathedral Precinct 

• City Centre 

• Clayton 

• Cullingworth 

• Devonshire Park and Cliffe Castle 

• Leeds Liverpool Canal 

• Leeming 

• Little Germany 

• Little Horton Green 

• Little Horton Lane 

• Little London 

• Low Utley 

• Lower Wyke 

• Menston 

• Micklethwaite 

• Middleton 

• North Park Road 

• Oakworth 

• Oxenhope Lower Town 

• Oxenhope Station Road 

83

• East Morton 

• Eldon Place 

• Eldwick Beck 

• Esholt 

• Goitside 

• Goose Eye and Laycock 

• Great Horton 

• Hainworth 

• Haworth 

• Heaton Estates 

• Hodgson Fold 

• Idle and the Green 

• Ilkley 

• Keighley Town Centre 

10.3 Potential Conservation Areas 

• Oxenhope Upper Town 

• Queensbury 

• Ryecroft 

• Saltaire 

• Silsden 

• Southfield Square 

• St Paul's 

• Stanbury 

• Steeton 

• Thornton 

• Tong 

• Undercliffe Cemetery 

• Whetley Grove 

• Wilsden 

• Wrose 

Residents, Councillors and organisations have contacted the Council and have suggested 

that, in their opinion, new conservation areas should be designated in certain localities. The 

Council’s Conservation Team has assessed these suggested areas in order to determine 

whether all or any of them would be recommended for conservation area designation. 

The areas which have been considered for potential conservation area designation are listed 

in the table below. After undertaking detail field surveys and following a period of public 

consultation in each area the Conservation Team has reported their findings to Area 

Planning Panels and Area Committees and recommended that only two of the areas, 

Baildon Green and Eldwick Beck, have appropriate characteristics to be designated as 

Conservation Areas. 

Table: Areas with Potential Conservation Area Reports Completed 

• Ambler Thorn 

• Apperley Bridge 

• Baildon Bank 

• Baildon Green 

• Beechcliffe 

• Burley Woodhead 

• Carr Syke 

• Charlestown, Baildon 

• Damems 

• Eldwick Beck 

• Greenholme 

• Hawksbridge 

• Heaton Village 

• Ingrow 

• Keighley Station 

• Marsh 

• Marsh Top 

• Moor Side 

• Mountain 

• Oakworth Station 

• Plevna Terrace, Bingley 

• Thackley 

• The Brow 

84

10.4 World Heritage Site 

The District has a World Heritage Site identified by UNESCO as having world-wide 

significance in association with the textile trade and the industrial revolution. 

UNESCO inscribed Saltaire as a World Heritage Site on 16 th December 2001. It is one of 27 

in the United Kingdom. Developed from the 1850’s and still an almost complete model 

village, Saltaire illustrates the combination of industrial processes and transport systems, the 

use of power and the early concepts of Town Planning with provision of model housing and 

social amenities. All of these factors are unified by dignified architectural detailing, the use 

of local materials and technological advances which illustrate a significant stage in human 

history and contribute to make the site of outstanding universal value. 

Today, its textile mills, public buildings and workers' housing continue to operate as a living 

and working community. It is the duty of the international community as a whole, to cooperate 

in its protection. Saltaire has a Management Plan is in place to direct this function. 

Recently an Environmental Capacity Study (ECS) has been carried out for the site in order 

to help guide the management of the Site and address a range of pressures and demands 

facing the Site due its location in a strategic corridor. These pressures include traffic and 

transport issues, the need for economic and social regeneration and the maintenance of a 

high quality of life for residents. 

The ECS will play a significant role in the development of a revised WHS Management Plan 

for the Site. It will also inform a number of other emerging strategies including a tourism 

strategy and planning documentation within the Local Development Framework (LDF). The 

indicators identified by the ECS may be used as part of the annual monitoring report on the 

LDF and the accompanying Sustainability Appraisal. 

(ADD GIS MAP SHOWING HISTORIC PARKS AND GARDENS, SAMS, HISTORIC 

BATTLEFIELDS) 

85

GREEN INFRASTRUCTURE 

It should be noted, that following information on Green Infrastructure is not exhaustive and 

there may be other facilities within the District that have not yet been identified. 

1. Parks and gardens 

The Bradford District has thirty six public parks, totalling an area of over two hundred and 

seventy hectares. Ten of the parks are on the English Heritage Register of Parks and 

Gardens of Special Historic Interest in England. 

Lister Park has undergone extensive refurbishment and was voted 'Britain's Best Park 2006' 

in a national competition. The park has also been awarded a Civic Trust, Green Flag award 

for a fifth year running, placing it amongst the top parks in the country. 

Central Park Haworth, Peel Park, Harold Park and St. Ives Estate are also winners of the 

Prestigious Green Flag Award. 

Many of the parks have active 'Friends' groups, which work with the Parks and Landscape 

Service to care for, protect and improve their local parks. 

Click on park name for further details- 

• Bowling Park 

• Brackenhill Park 

• Bradford Moor Park 

• Central Park 

• Cliffe Castle Park 

• Cross Roads Park 

• Crowgill Park 

• Devonshire Park 

• Foster Park 

• Foxhill Park 

• Burley Grange Park 

• Greenwood Park 

• Harden Memorial Park 

• Harold Park 

• Horton Bank Country Park 

• Horton Park 

• Ladyhill Park 

• Lister Park 

• Littlemoor Park 

• Lund Park 

• Menston Park 

• Myrtle Park 

• Northcliffe Park 

• Oakworth (Holden) Park 

• Peel Park 

• Prince of Wales Park 

• Riverside Gardens Park 

• Roberts Park 

86

• Russell Hall Park 

• Shipley Central Park 

• Silsden Park 

• St. Ives Estate (Country Park) 

• Victoria Park, Clayton 

• Victoria Park, Keighley 

• Victoria Park, Oakenshaw 

• Wibsey Park 

• West Park, Girlington 

• West View Park (Darwin Gardens) 

Figure: Parks and gardens mapped against settlement areas with catchments applied 

PENDLE 

Source: Bradford Open Space, Sports and Recreation Study (2006) 

The Bradford District Open Space Assessment Catchment mapping exercise 16 , based on all 

current provision, shows that the majority of the District is adequately provided for in terms of 

parks and gardens. However, there are significant catchment gaps in Addingham, Steeton, 

Baildon and Menston and minor catchment gaps in Bradford South and Bradford West. 

However, these areas may be covered by provision in neighbouring authorities. 

2. Children’s play areas 

Haworth 

Haworth 

Oxenhope 

Oxenhope 

Silsden 

Silsden 

CALDERDALE 

Addingham 

Addingham 

Keighley 

Keighley 

Harden 

Harden 

Cullingworth 

Cullingworth 

Denholme 

Denholme 

KEIGHLEY KEIGHLEY KEIGHLEY 

KEIGHLEY KEIGHLEY KEIGHLEY 

Wilsden 

Wilsden 

Queensbury 

Queensbury 

Queensbury 

Bingley Bingley 


Burley Burley in in Wharf Wharf edale 

edale 

Steeton Steeton Steeton Steeton 

Menston 

Menston 

There are over 140 play areas the Bradford District, many of them within Parks or 

Recreation Grounds. In addition to conventional play areas the Council also provide 

Skateparks, BMX facilities and Multi-Use games courts for older children and young people. 

The Council works with local groups to create new play areas. This may include helping 

them apply for funding, or with design and sourcing the best equipment. All play areas 

managed by the service are inspected by qualified staff, on a regular basis, to ensure they 

are maintained in a safe and good condition. 

Baildon 

Baildon 

Shipley 

Shipley 

16 CBMDC (2006) Bradford Open Space, Sports and Recreation Study. 

Ilkley 

Ilkley 

SHIPLEY 

SHIPLEY 

BRADFORD BRADFORD WEST 

WEST WEST 

Bradf Bradf Bradford ord 

ord 

BRADFORD BRADFORD SOUTH 

SOUTH 

BRADFORD BRADFORD BRADFORD BRADFORD NORTH 

NORTH 

KIRKLEES 

LEEDS 

87

In total, there are 215 play areas fir children and young people in the District, totalling 20 

hectare. 

Figure: Children’s Play Areas with Catchments 


The Bradford District Open Space Assessment has concluded that in areas of slight 

catchment gaps, the upgrading of certain play areas from Local Area for Play (LAPs) to 

Local Equipped Areas of Play (LEAPs) could be considered. 

However, in other areas of significant gaps, such as in north and south Shipley and west 

Keighley, the installation of new equipped play areas is required in some to reduce the 

significant catchment gaps. 

3. Sports Pitches and Courts 

Bradford District Open Space Assessment (2006) has been prepared by KKP on behalf of 

the Council. 

Football 

PENDLE 

CRAVEN 

KEIGHLEY 

KEIGHLEY 

Haworth 

Haworth 

CALDERDALE 

Oxenhope 

Oxenhope Oxenhope 

Steeton Steeton 

Steeton 

Addingham 

Addingham 

Silsden Silsden Silsden 

Ilkley 

Ilkley 

Keighley 

Keighley 

Cullingworth 

Cullingworth 

Denholme 

Denholme 

Harden 

Harden 

Queensbury 

Queensbury 

There are a total of XX senior football pitches and 19 mini football pitches which are spread 

throughout the Bradford district. 

The Open Space, Sports and Recreation Study (2006) highlighted that there is large 

deficiency of designated mini and junior soccer pitches across the District. Although a 

surplus of senior pitches (to meet peak demand) was identified it was established that this 

would not make up for the deficiencies in mini and junior provision even if it was redesignated. 

Wilsden 

Wilsden 

Bingley 

Bingley 

SHIPLEY 

SHIPLEY SHIPLEY SHIPLEY 

Shipley 

Shipley Shipley 


WEST 


edale 

Baildon 

Baildon 

Menston 

Menston 

Bradf Bradf ord 

ord 

HARROGATE 

BRADFORD BRADFORD NORTH 

NORTH NORTH NORTH 

LEEDS 

BRADFORD BRADFORD BRADFORD SOUTH 

SOUTH SOUTH SOUTH 

88

Figure: Football pitch sites in Bradford 

Bradford Football Pitches 

Assessed by Quality / Capacity 


In terms of area based assessment, the study concludes that the current pitch stock in the 

Bradford North area has capacity to accommodate strategic reserve and future demand 

while those in Bradford South would not currently be able to meet the requirements. 

The current pitch stock in Bradford West could just cope with accommodating strategic 

reserve but the pitch stock in Ilkley and Keighley is not capable of accommodating strategic 

reserve and latent/future demand. 

The current pitch stock in Shipley has the capacity to accommodate strategic reserve, latent 

and future demand if improvements are made to existing sites. 

Cricket 

Over Use 

At Guidance Level 

Under Use 

No specified usage 

PENDLE 

CRAVEN 

CALDERDALE 

Steeton 

Haworth 

Oxenhope 

Denholme 

Queensbury 

The Open Space Assessment has highlighted that there is a slight deficiency in pitch 

provision at peak times and that demand is increasing for cricket pitches on parks and 

recreation grounds in Bradford North, Bradford South and Bradford West. 

See location of cricket pitches across the district below:- 

Silsden 

Addingham 

Keighley 

Keighley 

Harden 

Cullingworth 

Wilsden 

Bingley 

Ilkley 

Bradford West 

Shipley 

Burley in 

Wharf edale 

Menston 

Baildon 

Shipley 

Bradf ord 

HARROGATE 

Bradford North 

Bradford South 

KIRKLEES 

LEEDS 

89

Figure: Cricket pitch sites in Bradford 

PENDLE 

CRAVEN 

CALDERDALE 

Steeton 

Silsden 

148 

143 

Addingham 

185 

Keighley 

Keighley 

162 

159 

146 

Queensbury 

66 

161 

153 

Ilkley 

156 

Shipley 

205 

224 

150 

154 

Burley in 

Wharf edale 

Menston 

194 

70 

281 

230 

233 


HARROGATE 

168 

170 

175 

169 

215 Bingley 

157 

Baildon 

229 

279 

32 

173 

Haworth 

Harden 

209 

195 

197 228 199 

232 

Shipley 

29 

27 

36 

174 

Oxenhope 

177 

Cullingworth 

119 

Denholme 

Wilsden 

109 115 

236 172 

Bradford West 112 

126 

120 

Bradf ord 

20 

218 


38 

83 

22 

113 

71 

37 

62 

69 67 

2 5 

12 

88 

84 

90 

55 

94 

86 

KIRKLEES 


Rugby union 

The Yorkshire Rugby Football Union (RFU) administers rugby in Bradford. A full-time 

development officer is responsible for the West Yorkshire region and works closely with all 

the clubs to maximise their potential. This work involves developing club structures, including 

working towards the RFU Seal of Approval and the development of school-club structures. 

Figure : Rugby Union pitch sites in Bradford District 

Bradford Rugby union Pitches 


Over Use 


Under Use 


PENDLE 

CRAVEN 

CALDERDALE 

Steeton 

Haworth 

Oxenhope 

Silsden 

Addingham 

Denholme 

Queensbury 

Burley in 

Wharf edale 

Bradf ord 


282 

Keighley 

Keighley 

Harden 

Cullingworth 

Wilsden 

239 

Bingley 

Ilkley 


155 

Shipley 

197 

137 

154 

60 

Menston 

Baildon 

Shipley 

283 

284 



HARROGATE 

9 

5 

86 

KIRKLEES 

LEEDS 

LEEDS 

90

There are relatively few issues affecting rugby union compared to other sports in Bradford. 

The quality of pitches in Bradford is good and many private clubs own their own facilities and 

are able to maintain them to a high standard. 

There are catchment gaps of both clubs and facilities for certain areas of Bradford (Bradford 

South and Bradford West) but these shortfalls are currently being met by surpluses in other 

areas. The usage of school facilities by rugby union clubs is very high. Often, these pitches 

are used on an ad-hoc basis if the main sites are unusable. 

There is no latent demand at senior level for rugby but demand for more junior pitches is 

growing which will become more acute if clubs individual development plans are realised. 

Table: Summary of rugby union pitches in Bradford 

Site name Area 

Bradford Cathedral 

Community College 

Bradford North LA Yes 1 

Hanson School Bradford North LA Yes 1 

Tong School Bradford South LA Yes 1 

Site Community Senior Junior Mini 

Owner Use G A P G A P G A P 

Northfield Road Playing Fields Bradford South 0 Yes 1 

Thornton Grammer School Bradford West LA Yes 1 

Braford Salem Rugby Club Bradford West 0 Yes 2 

Ilkley Grammar School Keighley LA Yes 1 

Ilkley Rugby Union Club Keighley Private Yes 4 2 

Cougar Park Keighley 0 Yes 3 

Bradford & Bingley Sports & 

Social Club 

Shipley Private Yes 4 


School sites with rugby union pitches in Bradford are significantly underused by clubs. Ilkey 

Grammar School is used on a weekly basis by Ilkley Rugby Club to accommodate its junior 

development programme. 

Two of the main clubs in Bradford, Keighley Cougars and Ilkley Rugby Club, make use of 

other sites in Bradford to play matches. These are used on an ad-hoc basis and are not 

therefore shown as being played to capacity. 

Rugby league 

There is a considerable amount of rugby league activity in Bradford. The majority of this 

activity takes place within a small number of clubs, all of whom field several senior teams 

and a number of teams at junior level. 

91

Figure : Rugby league pitch sites in Bradford District 

Bradford Rugby league Pitches 


Over Use 


Under Use 


PENDLE 

CRAVEN 

CALDERDALE 

Steeton 

Haworth 

Oxenhope 

Silsden 

165 

Queensbury 


Bradford has a stronger and larger grass roots base than other areas of West Yorkshire with 

all ten clubs either working towards, or having achieved Clubmark to date. The two 

professional clubs, Bradford Bulls and Keighley Cougars, have both achieved Clubmark and 

are used as flagship clubs to promote club accreditation to amateur clubs. 

The following table indicates club accreditation in Bradford. 

190 

Addingham 

149 

Keighley 

167 

160 

Keighley 

Harden 

Cullingworth 

Denholme 

Burley in 

Wharf edale 

Table: Rugby league clubs accredited in Bradford 

Club Accreditation status 

Queensbury Accreditation achieved 

Victoria Rangers Accreditation achieved 

Bradford Dudley Hill Accreditation achieved 

West Bowling ARLFC Accreditation achieved 

Keighley Cougar Cubs Accreditation achieved 

Thonrton ARLFC Registered – working towards 

Wyke ARLFC Registered – working towards 

Wibsey Juniors Registered – working towards 

Clayton Registered – working towards 

Wilsden 

Bingley 

Ilkley 

Shipley 


120 

7 

207 

107 

54 

152 

56 

The majority of rugby league clubs are located in the north of Bradford reflecting an uneven 

distribution of clubs across the District. The Bradford Open Space, Sports and Recreation 

Study (2006) however demonstrates that the current stock of rugby league pitches is not 

being played to capacity; particularly in Bradford South where there is a disproportionate 

number of teams compared the rest of the District. 

89 

Menston 

Shipley 

92 

Baildon 

91 

194 

HARROGATE 

17 

18 


74 Bradf ord 

10 

76 

80 


55 

KIRKLEES 

LEEDS 

92

Table: Rugby league pitches in Bradford district 


Site 

Owner 

Community Senior 

Use G A P 

Junior 

G A P 

Emsley Memorial Recreation Ground Bradford North LA Yes 1 

Lowerfields Primary Bradford North LA Yes 1 

Victoria Rangers Ground Bradford North Private Yes 1 

Apperley Bridge Playing Fields Bradford North LA Yes 1 

ASA Briggs Park Bradford South LA Yes 1 

Bankfoot Cricket Ground Bradford South Private Yes 1 

Beldon Lane Recreation Ground Bradford South LA Yes 1 

Lidget Green Cricket and Athletic Club Bradford South LA Yes 2 

Neil Hunt Memorial Ground Bradford South LA Yes 1 1 

Odsal Recreation Ground Bradford South LA Yes 2 

Wibsey Park Bradford South LA Yes 2 

Wibsey Park Primary Bradford South LA Yes 1 

Woodside Primary Bradford South LA Yes 1 

Delph Recreation Ground Bradford West LA Yes 1 

Hill Top Rd Bradford West LA Yes 2 

Silsden Park Keighley LA Yes 1 

East Holmes Field Keighley LA Yes 2 

Highfield Recreation Ground Keighley LA Yes 2 

Oakbank Sports College Keighley LA Yes 1 

Utley Recreation Ground Keighley LA Yes 2 

The Holy Family Catholic School Keighley LA Yes 1 

Baildon Rugby and Cricket Ground Shipley Private Yes 2 

Crossflats Recreation Ground Shipley LA Yes 1 


Hockey 

On a County level, hockey is strong and junior development is well structured in Bradford. 

However, considering the demographic make up of the District there is a lack of true 

‘community’ work and more could be done to increase participation in the deprived areas for 

disadvantaged young people. Most participation/activity is based around the grammar 

schools, which risks bringing an ‘elitist’ label to the game in Bradford. 

There are six ATPs identified in use by the local teams. 

Table: ATPs in Bradford District 

Venue Area 

Thornton Sports College/Recreation Centre Bradford West 

Oakbank Sports College Keighley/Ilkley 

Beckfoot Technology College Shipley 

Bradford Girls Grammar School Bradford North 

93

Carlton Bolling College Bradford North 

Grange Technology College (under construction) Bradford West 

Ben Rhydding Sports Club Keighley/Ilkley 

All of the above facilities are full size sand based artificial turf pitches. In addition there are a 

number of smaller artificial turf surfaces, which are suitable for hockey training and some 

junior play. 

Table: Small ATPs in Bradford 

Venue Area 

Parkside School Keighley 

Maningham Sports Centre Bradford North 

Scotchman Road Activity & Coaching Centre Bradford North 

Highfield Community Centre Keighley 

University of Bradford – Trinity Road Bradford West 

The ATP at Marley Playing Fields has been replaced with a 3 rd generation field turf pitch and 

as such is no longer a suitable surface for competitive hockey. It was the only pitch managed 

by CBMDC with ‘100% community use’. All the other pitches were within the education and 

private sector. Use of ATPs is considered to be at capacity. 

Figure : Artificial turf hockey pitches in Bradford District 

PENDLE 

CRAVEN 

CALDERDALE 

Steeton 

Oxenhope 

Silsden 

Haworth 

Addingham 

Keighley 

165 

Keighley 

Cullingworth 

Denholme 

Bradf ord 


Harden 

Queensbury 

Wilsden 

Bingley 

Ilkley 


137 

Shipley 

196 

105 

150 

Burley in 

Wharf edale 

Shipley 

103 

Menston 

Baildon 

116 

37 


HARROGATE 


50 

KIRKLEES 

LEEDS 

94

Hockey is not a priority sport for CBMDC sports development unit but support for clubs is 

available through the B Active networks set up in each area. 

Athletics 

There are two athletics tracks servicing competitive athletics in the Bradford District: 

Greenhead High School, Keighley: Greenhead is an eight-lane synthetic, floodlit track on 

the grounds of Greenhead School in Keighley. It is managed by CBMDC, which employs a 

part-time track manager. The quality of the track is ‘adequate to poor’ evidenced by 

deteriorating track edging, poor drainage on surround grass areas and uneven surfaces on 

run up areas etc. 

Greenhead is the home of Keighley & Craven Athletics Club (KCAC) and is also used by a 

number of other local clubs and schools e.g. the Oakbank School Sport Partnership 

secondary schools, cluster primary schools as well as other schools from neighbouring 

Ilkely, Bingley and Skipton. It is considered by sportKeighley, the Three Valley’s SSP and 

the Airedale Masterplan and Airdale Primary Care Trust to be a key sports development 

facility for the area. 

Greenhead School is in phase two of CBMDC’s BSF programme. Whilst this will involve 

demolition of the School’s buildings and reconstruction adjacent to the track, the track will 

remain in its current position. Funding from the Community Athletics Refurbishment 

Programme (CARP) has recently been secured for basic renovation of the track. This is 

intended to support the existence and development of K&CAC and facilitate an athletics 

development centre as well as provide good quality facilities for sport and physical activity 

through curricular and extra curricular activities for all schools in the area. 

Horsfall Playing Fields, Low Moor (Bradford South): Horsfall track is located at Horsfall 

Playing Fields, off the A6036 Halifax Road heading southwest away from Bradford. The site 

is a multi-sport facility with grass pitches for cricket and football adjacent to the track. The 

athletics track also has a football pitch in the middle, which is used by Bradford Park Avenue 

FC. 

Horsfall track is a six lane track and, as such, is not certified for anything other than local 

level competitions. It is the home of Bradford Airedale Athletics Club (BAAC) and is 

occasionally used by other local clubs for training sessions. According to the Athletics 

Development Officer for West Yorkshire Sport the venue is not used by West Yorkshire 

Schools Athletics Association, Bradford Schools Athletics Association or West Yorkshire 

Athletics Association for meetings/competitions due to the poor quality changing rooms and 

the fact that it is only a six lane track. 

The track is currently being considered as part of proposals to develop ‘Odsal Sports Village’ 

at the existing Odsal Stadium, home of Bradford Bulls. The scheme involves relocating and 

95

upgrading the track from Horsfall to an eight-lane track as part of a regional sports complex 

including leisure centre, swimming pool and artificial turf pitches. 

Figure: Athletics tracks in Bradford District with a 30-minute drive time catchment 

RIBBLE VALLEY 

HYNDBURN 

BLACKBURN 

WITH DARWEN 

BOLTON 

ROSSENDALE 

PENDLE 

BURNLEY 

CRAVEN 

Greenhead High School 

CALDERDALE 

BURY ROCHDALE 

DONCASTER 


A number of schools mark out tracks on grass or redraw areas in the summer in order to 

deliver curriculum activities. School competitions and sports days are carried out either at 

Horsfall, Greenhead or at tracks outside the District. 

All the local track and field clubs in Bradford has constituted Bradford Athletics Development 

Group (BADG) which is led by the athletics development officer from West Yorkshire Sport 

with input from the Keighley area sports development officer from CBMDC who also has a 

responsibility for athletics across the District. The group comes together to discuss the 

delivery of activities steered by West Yorkshire Sport and the Bradford school sports 

partnerships, local and area competitions and to share good practise and resources. The 

clubs are- 

• Keighley and Craven Athletics Club (K&CAC) 

• Bradford Airedale Athletics Club (BAAC) 

• Bingley Harriers & Athletics Club (BHAC) 

• Idle Athletics Club(IAC) 

• Wharfedale Harriers 

Horsfall Playing Fields 

KIRKLEES 

HARROGATE 

WAKEFIELD 

Public consultation with these clubs as a part of the Council’s Outdoor Sports Facilities 

Assessment has highlighted the urgent need of improving the quality of tracks and ancillary 

facilities at Greenhead School as well as development of a new track at Odsal. If a track is 

not developed at Odsal, with the loss of Horsfall, there would be a significant gap in 

LEEDS 

SELBY 

YORK 

96

provision covering the centre and south of the District. The study also identified demand for 

a training track (e.g. three lane straight and bend) in the Shipley/Bingley area. 

There are also a number of other road running clubs in the District including: 

• Baildon Runners – based at Baildon Cricket & Rugby Club. 

• Eccleshill Road Runners – based at Idle Cricket Club. 

• Ilkley Harriers – based at Ilkley Lawn Tennis & Squash Club. 

These clubs train on the roads, footpaths and canal towpaths around the District. Activities 

are essentially supported by being linked to another sports club which enables them to 

access changing and in most cases, social facilities. 

Bowls 

Bowls in West Yorkshire is predominantly played on crown greens. 

Figure: Bowling greens in Bradford District 

PENDLE 

CRAVEN 

CALDERDALE 

Steeton 

266 

Haworth 

Oxenhope 

Silsden 

Addingham 

Keighley 

Keighley 

260 

Queensbury 

Burley in 

Wharf edale 

262 

171 

Harden 

256 

Bingley 

263 

Wilsden 

229 

261 

Baildon 

258 

Shipley 

28 

26 

15 

Cullingworth 272 

212 

Denholme 

267 Bradford North 

Bradford West 275 

33 

129 

269 


257 


There are a total of 52 bowling greens in Bradford district located at the following parks and 

club sites. 

Table: Number and Location of bowling greens in Bradford 

259 

149 


No. 

greens 

Greengates Recreation Ground Bradford North 1 

Idle Recreation Ground Bradford North 1 

Institute Road Recreation Ground Bradford North 1 

Lister Park Bradford North 3 

276 

274 

65 

268 

Ilkley 

Shipley 

277 

150 

270 

Menston 

89 


68 

273 

264 

271 

78 

HARROGATE 

265 

72 

KIRKLEES 

LEEDS 

97


No. 

greens 

Peel Park Bradford North 3 

Asa BriggsBowling Club Bradford South 1 

Brackenhill Park Bowling Club Bradford South 1 

Bradford Moor Bowling Club Bradford South 2 

Foxhill Park Bradford South 1 

Harold Park Bradford South 1 

Knowles Recreation Ground Bradford South 2 

Low Moor Harold Bowling Club Bradford South 2 

Oakenshaw Park Bradford South 2 

Wibsey Park Bradford South 2 

Clayton Victoria Park Bradford West 1 

Horton Park Bradford West 3 

Thornton Bowling Club Bradford West 1 

West Bradford Bowling Club Bradford West 1 

West Park Bradford West 2 

Ben Rhydding Sports Club Keighley 1 

Burley In Wharfedale Bowling Club Keighley 1 

Crossroads Park Keighley 1 

Haworth Bowling Club Keighley 1 

Ilkley Bowling Club Keighley 1 

Keighley Bowling Club Keighley 1 

Lund Park bowling green Keighley 2 

Silsden Park Keighley 1 

Steeton Bowling Club Keighley 1 

Whinswood Bowling Club Keighley 1 

Crowgill Park bowling green Shipley 1 

Cullingworth Bowling Club Shipley 1 

Foster Park Shipley 1 

Menston Bowling Club Shipley 1 

Myrtle Park Shipley 2 

Royd House Park Bowling Club Shipley 1 

Salts Playing Fields Shipley 2 

The Shipley Club Shipley 1 

Most of the clubs rent greens from the Council while a small number of clubs lease the 

greens from the Council. There are also few private bowling clubs in the district. Overall the 

existing bowling greens meet the current demand for such sports facilities in the district; 

however the Outdoor Sports Facilities Assessment has identified thee need for two 

additional bowling greens to meet future demand. 

Vandalism of bowling greens and pavilions is the biggest issue for bowls for the District as a 

whole. A large proportion of bowling greens also do not have appropriate access for players 

or spectators with disabilities. 

98

Tennis 

Bradford has the following tennis courts spread throughout the district. 

Table: Tennis clubs in Bradford district 

Site name Area No. courts 

Carlton Bolling College Bradford North 5 

Hanson School Bradford North 8 

Lister Park Bradford North 2 

Undercliffe Tennis Club Bradford South 3 

Thornton Grammer School Bradford West 4 

Heaton Tennis Club Shipley 9 

Eldwick Lawn Tennis Club Keighley 2 

Greenhead High School Keighley 5 

Ilkley Tennis Club Keighley 6 

Keighley Tennis Club Keighley 4 

The Holy Family Catholic School Keighley 7 

Beckfoot Technology College Shipley 4 

Beckfoot Tennis Club Shipley 4 

Saltaire Tennis Club Shipley 3 

Salts Playing Fields Shipley 3 

St. Peter's Tennis Club Shipley 2 

Figure: Tennis court provision across Bradford District 

PENDLE 

CRAVEN 

CALDERDALE 

Haworth 

Steeton 

Oxenhope 

Silsden 

190 

Addingham 

Keighley 

Keighley 

Cullingworth 

Denholme 


185 

288 

Harden 

Queensbury 

287 

292 

Wilsden 

Bingley 

Ilkley 

Shipley 


137 

285 

Burley in 

Wharf edale 

Tennis in Bradford is administered by Yorkshire LTA which is responsible for the delivery of 

the LTA’s national plan at a local level, the main body of this being the Club Vision 

Programme. Club Vision is the LTA's strategy to provide progressive clubs with greater 

286 

Menston 

196 229 

289 

Shipley 

267 

Baildon 

Bradf ord 


HARROGATE 

9 


50 

KIRKLEES 

LEEDS 

99

support and resources at both national and county level. It is an investment programme that 

supports not just tennis clubs but also public 'pay and play' indoor tennis centres (ITI 

centres), schools and local authority venues; it also helps the club and county tennis 

development officer identify areas or projects for the club to work on and where funding or 

other resources may be required. 

The Council’s Outdoor Sports Facilities Assessment states that the existing tennis facilities 

are adequate to meet the demand for such facilities in the district. There is however a need 

for more courts at some clubs (Saltaire and Eldwick) to meet a league demand which is 

currently being met by hiring courts at other venues. 

Golf 

Bradford District has the following golf facilities: 

Table: Golf clubs in Bradford 

Club 

Ownership/ 

management 

Club 

Ownership/ 

management 

Baildon Private The Manor Private 

Ben Rhydding Private Marriott Hollins Hall Hotel Private 

Bingley St. Ives Private Northcliffe Private 

Bracken Ghyll Private Phoenix Park Private 

Bradford Private Queensbury Private 

Bradford Moor Private Riddlesden Private 

Branshaw Private Shay Grange Golf Centre Local authority 

Clayton Private Shipley Private 

Fardew Private Silsden Private 

Headley Private South Bradford Private 

Ilkley Private West Bowling Private 

Keighley Private West Bradford Private 


According to the Outdoor Sports Facilities Assessment (2006) it appears that the existing 

golf facilities can accommodate current demand in the district. However, the ongoing golf 

development work (e.g. golf being introduced as an extra curricular activity in schools in 

Bradford through the school sport partnerships) may potentially increase demand in the 

short to longer term. Although only a few municipal courses provide affordable opportunities 

for young people/beginners to play regularly, there is potential for many of those clubs to 

develop junior activities and make courses/membership more accessible to young people. 

Most of the golf clubs also have good access for non-members. 

100

Figure : Golf courses and driving ranges in Bradford 

PENDLE 

CRAVEN 

CALDERDALE 

Keighley 

Shipley 



South 


7 

1319 

4. Openspace Forests and Woodlands 

22 

4 

10 

3 

11 

12 

21 

18 

8 

2 

16 

20 

1 

5 

15 


North 

6 

17 

9 

KIRKLEES 

HARROGATE 

Approximately five percent of the Bradford District is covered by woodland, some of it steep 

sided valleys and 'cloughs' which support remnants of the ancient Oak and Birch woodlands 

of the South Pennines. 

The Council owns and manages large areas of woodland. Some of these are listed in the 

Collins Guide to the most beautiful woodlands in Yorkshire and the North East including: 

Middleton Woods (Ilkley), Judy Woods (Bradford), St Ives Estate (Bingley). 

Buck Wood, Judy Woods, St Ives Estate and Northcliffe Woods have active 'Friends of' 

groups, who work with the service to care for and protect the woodlands. 

Other woodlands across the District include: 

Bierley Woods, Hebers Gill Wood, Black Carr Wood, Holden Park Woodland, Chellow Dene 

Woods, Horton Park Country Park, Crabtree Gill Woodland, Jer Wood, Crossley Wood, Low 

Wood (Keighley), The Dell Woodland, Midgley Wood, Elam Wood, Milner Wood, Esholt 

Woodland, Nailor Rough, Fairbank Wood, Northcliffe Woods, Gravel Pits Woodland, 

Panorama Wood, Griff Wood, Park Wood, Heaton Woods, Shipley Glen Woodland, Hirst 

Woods. 

25 

23 

24 

14 

LEEDS 

101

Figure: Natural and semi-natural greenspaces in Bradford mapped against settlement 

areas with catchment areas applied 

PENDLE 


Bradford District Open Space Assessment Catchment mapping shows mainly minor 

catchment gaps in the provision of natural and semi-natural greenspaces across the District. 

The major catchment in Burley in Wharfedale and Menston may be covered by neighbouring 

authority provision as they are close to the Bradford boundary. The assessment states that 

much of the urban area of the District is adequately provided for in terms of natural and 

semi-natural provision. 

ADD GIS MAP SHOWING ALL OF THE WOODLANDS IN THE DISTRICT 

Green public realm-Trees, grassed areas and verges on the public highway are maintained 

by Bradford Council. 

National parks- A short stretch of the Bradford District Boundary near to Addingham abuts 

the Yorkshire Dales National Park to the north. 

5. Allotments 

CRAVEN 

KEIGHLEY 

KEIGHLEY 

Haworth Haworth 


Oxenhope 

Oxenhope 

CALDERDALE 

Addingham 

Addingham 

Steeton 

Steeton 

Keighley Keighley 

Keighley 

Silsden Silsden 

Ilkley 

Ilkley 

Cullingworth 

Cullingworth 

Cullingworth 

Cullingworth 

Denholme 

Denholme 

Wilsden Wilsden 


Queensbury 

Queensbury 

Queensbury 

Queensbury 

Harden 

Harden 

SHIPLEY 

SHIPLEY 

Bingley 

Bingley 

KIRKLEES 

HARROGATE 

Allotment gardening provides a wide range of benefits to communities and the environment. 

Apart from providing low cost food, they also provide valuable recreational opportunities 

involving healthy activity and social contacts. Allotments are significant to our green spaces 

and provide habitats for many forms of wildlife. 

The first legislative reforms date back to the Enclosures Act of 1845. Today, the Council has 

a statutory requirement to provide allotments for the public. The council manages a total of 

38 allotment sites across the district. There are 86 sites classified as allotments in Bradford 

equating to 98 hectares. 

Baildon 

Baildon 

Shipley 

Shipley 


WEST 

Burley Burley in in in in Wharf Wharf edale 

edale 


ord 

Menston 

Menston 

BRADFORD BRADFORD NORTH NORTH NORTH 

NORTH NORTH NORTH 


SOUTH 

LEEDS 

102

Figure: Allotment sites mapped against settlement areas with catchments applied 

PENDLE 

CRAVEN 

Haworth 

Haworth 

CALDERDALE 



Silsden Silsden 

Silsden 

Oxenhope 

Oxenhope 

Addingham 

Addingham 

Addingham 

Keighley 


Cullingworth 

Cullingworth 

Denholme 

Denholme 


There are 27 allotment gardens across the City of Bradford. See links below for more 

information:- 

• Abb Scott Lane Allotments 

• Avenue Road Allotments 

• Bowling Park Allotments 

• Bullroyd Allotments 

• Cecil Avenue Allotments 

• Chapel Lane Allotments 

• Common Road Allotments 

• Derby Road Allotments 

• Greengates Allotments 

• Harewood Street Allotments 

• Haycliffe Lane Allotments 

• Heaton Allotments 

• Highfield Terrace Allotments 

• Legrams Lane Allotments 

• New House Lane Allotments 

• Park Road Allotments 

• Queen's Road B Allotments 

• Scotchman Road Allotments 

• Speeton Road Allotments 

• Stanacre Allotments 

• Stanley Street Allotments 

• Sunny Bank Road Allotments 

• Top Royd Street Allotments 

• Undercliffe Allotments 

• Valley Allotments 

• Whetley Grove Allotments 

• Worthing Head Allotments 

KEIGHLEY 

KEIGHLEY KEIGHLEY 

Harden 

Harden 

Wilsden 

Wilsden 

Queensbury 

Queensbury 

Bingley 

Bingley 

Ilkley 

Ilkley 

SHIPLEY SHIPLEY SHIPLEY 

SHIPLEY 

BRADFORD BRADFORD WEST WEST 

WEST WEST 


SOUTH 

Shipley 

Shipley 


edale 

Baildon 

Baildon 


ord 

Menston 

Menston 

BRADFORD BRADFORD NORTH NORTH NORTH 

NORTH 

HARROGATE 

LEEDS 

103

There are 3 allotments across the Keighley area, listed as follows:- 

• Haworth Rec Allotments 

• West Lane Allotments 

• Woodside Road Allotments 

There are 8 allotments across the Shipley and Bingley area, listed as follows:- 

• Beck Lane Allotments 

• Carlton Avenue Allotments 

• Caroline Street Allotments 

• Commercial Inn Allotments 

• Esholt Lane Allotments 

• Northcliffe Allotments 

• Red Beck Allotments 

• Stanley Street Allotments 

The following are self administered allotments. The day to day management of these sites is 

the responsibility of the allotment society. 

• Moorside Road Allotments 

• Charlestown Allotments 

• Thompson Lane Allotments 

• Warren Lane Allotments 

Allotment sites across Bradford district are often oversubscribed. However, there is a 

significant imbalance between vacant plots and numbers of people on the waiting list. Some 

749 people are currently on the waiting list for allotments, whilst 348 plots remain vacant. 

The waiting list is considerably high in a number of outlying districts, namely Ilkley, Shipley 

and Burley in Wharfedale while the inner city areas of Bradford have a surplus of allotments. 

For the latest waiting lists, see link below:- 

http://www.bradford.gov.uk/government_politics_and_public_administration/public_administr 

ation/asset_management/allotments/sites_with_waiting_lists/ 

The implementation of a banded pricing scheme is expected to encourage a better take up 

of allotment plots, which would otherwise be regarded as a poor investment. Many of the 

allotments sites however have significant security issues. The inner city plots in particular 

suffer vandalism. Bradford’s allotments also represent a diverse range of groups, although 

disability groups are currently underrepresented. 

The Bradford District Open Space Assessment has concluded that there are a number of 

catchment gaps in the provision of allotments across Bradford, most significantly in the 

south, south-east and west of the City Centre. However, neighbouring authority provision 

may cover some of the gaps close to the District boundary. 

6. Village greens 

Village greens form local additional site-based access provision within the District. Similar to 

common land, they provide some rights of access to the public, which may vary from place 

104

to place. There are 18 registered village greens within the District which total approximately 

130 acres (54 hectares). 

Figure: Amenity greenspace sites mapped against settlement areas with catchment applied 

PENDLE 

CRAVEN 


Consultation as part of the Bradford District Open Space Assessment identified that the 

perception is, that there is a lack of amenity greenspace in Bradford. Catchment mapping 

shows that there are a number of catchment gaps for this typology, particularly in the rural 

settlement areas. The mapping indicates that the urban area surrounding the City Centre is 

adequately provided for in terms of amenity open space 

7. Open country 

Haworth 

Haworth 

CALDERDALE 



Keighley 

Keighley 

Oxenhope 

Oxenhope 

In September 2004 a new statutory right of access to “open country” commenced in the 

Bradford District, introduced through Part 1 of the Countryside and Rights of Way Act 2000. 

This confers a right of access, on foot, to “mountain, moor, heath and downland” as defined 

by the Countryside Agency. In the Bradford District, some 20.8 square miles (33.5 sq.kms) 

of additional land was mapped as open country and subsequently opened up for walkers – 

over and above the existing urban commons. 

These new access areas include moorland areas west of the Worth Valley, such as 

Stanbury Moor and the moors above Airedale (Bradup, Morton, Bingley and Hawksworth 

Moors). They also includes smaller pockets of land such as Catstones Moor near Bingley. 

8. Registered common land 

Addingham 

Addingham 

Addingham 

Silsden 

Silsden 

KEIGHLEY 

KEIGHLEY 

Harden Harden Harden 

Harden 

Wilsden 

Wilsden 

Cullingworth 

Wilsden 

Cullingworth 

Cullingworth 

Denholme 

Denholme 

Queensbury 

Queensbury 

Queensbury 

Bingley 

Bingley 

Ilkley 

Ilkley 

SHIPLEY 

SHIPLEY 


WEST 

HARROGATE 

All the common land within the District is “urban common” which means that it is subject to 

Section 193 of the Law of Property Act 1925. This confers a right of access to the public on 

Baildon 

Baildon 

Shipley 

Shipley 


ord 


edale 

Menston Menston Menston 

Menston Menston 


NORTH 

BRADFORD BRADFORD BRADFORD SOUTH SOUTH SOUTH 

SOUTH 

LEEDS 

105

foot and horseback (but not cycles unless on a bridleway) for “air and exercise”, as well as 

certain common rights for grazing livestock attached to specific properties. 

Significant areas of urban common exist within the District including Ilkley Moor, Baildon 

Moor, Black Moor, Brow Moor, Haworth Moor and parts of Keighley Moor; plus smaller 

pockets such as Goitstock Woods near Harden. These areas make up approximately 15.2 

square miles (24.5 square kilometres). 

9. Green Corridors 

The typology of green corridors, as set out in PPG17: A Companion Guide includes sites 

that offer opportunities for ‘walking, cycling or horse riding, whether for leisure purposes or 

travel and opportunities for wildlife migration’. This also includes river and canal banks, road 

and rail corridors, cycling routes within towns and cities, pedestrian paths within towns and 

cities, rights of way and permissive paths. 

There are 68 defined green corridors in Bradford equating to 160 hectares. It is difficult to 

assess green corridors against catchment areas due to the very nature and usage of green 

corridors, often as access to other open spaces. The map below demonstrates the coverage 

of the existing provision within Bradford. 

Figure : Green corridors mapped against settlement areas 

PENDLE 

CRAVEN 

Haworth 


Oxenhope 

Oxenhope 

CALDERDALE 

KEIGHLEY 

Addingham 

Addingham 

Silsden 

Silsden 

Steeton 

Steeton 

Keighley 


Cullingworth 

Cullingworth 

Cullingworth 

Cullingworth 

Cullingworth 

Source: Bradford Open Space, Sports and Recreation Study (2006 

Footpaths and Public Right of Way 

Harden 

Harden 

Wilsden 


Denholme 

Denholme 

Queensbury 

Queensbury 

Queensbury 

Queensbury 

Ilkley Ilkley 


edale 


Bingley 

SHIPLEY 

HARROGATE 

The Bradford Metropolitan District covers an area of approximately 200 square miles (518 

square kilometres). The Right of Way Improvement Plan (2007) states that within the District 

there are 687 miles (1,100kms) of public rights of way, made up of 5,123 individual path 

Shipley 

Shipley 

BRADFORD WEST 

Baildon Baildon 

Baildon 

Bradf Bradf ord ord 

ord ord 

BRADFORD SOUTH 

Menston Menston Menston 

Menston 

BRADFORD NORTH 

LEEDS 

106

links. A path link is defined as the length of path between a junction with another path or 

road. 

Not all of the District is subject to a definitive map (the legal record of public rights of way). 

The former County Borough of Bradford was originally excluded from definitive map 

coverage and many routes on our records for that area are awaiting legal orders to formally 

record them on a definitive map. This means that approximately 162 miles (260kms) of the 

total network is non-definitive, whilst 525 miles (845kms) is included on the definitive map. In 

practice this does not mean that the paths within this area are unprotected. The Countryside 

and Rights of Way Service maintains files on the 162 miles of non-definitive routes and, as 

public rights are believed to exist on these, the Service protects them as it would a definitive 

route. 

The status, for users, of public rights of way in Bradford District is broken down as follows: 

Status miles km 

% of total 

network 

Public footpath (walkers only) 634 1020 92 

Public Bridleway (walkers, 

46 75 7 

horsriders, cyclists) 

Byway open to all traffic (walkers, 

horseriders, cyclists, motorised 

vehicles) 

7 11 1 

Source: The Right of Way Improvement Plan (2007 

Citizens in Bradford place high importance on public rights of way (PROW). Results from the 

‘Speak-Out’ panel in Spring 1999 showed that 70% of local residents consider access to 

open space, close to where they live, very important. The survey highlighted that the main 

issues regarding PROW were that residents want them clearly signed and well maintained. 

(Results from Bradford’s Speak-Out panel, Spring 1999.) 

Roads and Footways 

Public rights of way and other routes form part of a wider linear access network, which also 

includes the roads and footways (or pavements) within the District. Although principally 

utilised by motor vehicles, the District’s roads, particularly the quieter urban and rural ones, 

can form important links for walkers, cyclists and horse riders. Similarly, footways alongside 

roads provide additional walking routes, particularly through the urban and semi-urban parts 

of the District. 

A total of 1,187 miles (1911kms) of road network 1 

exists within the District, broken down into 

trunk roads (12 miles/20kms); principal roads (86 miles/138 kms); non-principal roads (125 

miles/201kms) and unclassified roads (964 miles/1552kms). 

There are a number of unsurfaced roads in the district which provide an extra resource for 

rights of way users. 

107





River corridors 

Category Miles Kms 

1 47 75.5 

2 39 63.5 

3 & 4 1636 2634 

The River Aire flows across the district along the Aire Valley. The river is a focus for 

recreation including rowing, canoeing and fishing. Floodplain pastures provide recreation 

ground for football and cricket. A footpath network connects the river to other rural areas. 

The river and its associated habitats and species provides a thread linking the backdrop of 

the South Pennine Moors and the Yorkshire Dale National Park beyond Craven District. 

The River Wharfe defines the northern boundary of the district and runs along the Wharfe 

Valley. The main settlement of Addingham, Ilkley, Burley-in-wharfedale and Menston are 

sited on the valley floor. Wharfedale avoided the full impact of the Industrial revolution and 

still retains much of its rural and agricultural character. 

The River Worth flows from minor tributaries on the moors above Ponden Reservoir down 

the Worth Valley to Haworth, where it is joined by Bridgehouse Beck which flows from 

Oxenhope. The River Worth is itself a tributary of the River Aire which it joins at the end of 

the Worth Valley in Keighley. 

Canal corridors 

The Leeds Liverpool Canal runs along the Aire Valley and is a linear conservation area. It is 

used by boaters and for fishing and walking. Historic canal locks are a feature; the Two Rise 

at Dowley Gap and the Three Rise at Bingley are both Grade II structures, however Five- 

Rise Locks at Bingley is a grade I and a significant engineering feat of the canal age. 

ADD GIS MAP SHOWING THE RIVER CORRIDDOR AND THE CANAL CORRIDOR 

10. Historic Landscapes 

Parks and Gardens 

There are 13 sites within the District that are included in the Register of Parks and Gardens 

of Special Historic Interest in England designated by English Heritage. This is a reflection of 

the fact that the urban areas of Bradford are well provided with Victorian municipal parks. 

The historic layouts, planting and the structures generally survive to indicate the original form 

108

of the parks and gardens. Examples of notable significance include Bradford’s ‘city of the 

dead’ at Undercliffe Cemetery and the private grounds at Heathcote, Ilkley. 

Table: English Heritage Register of Parks and Gardens of Special Historic Interest in 


Name Grade Date Registered 

Bowling Park, Bradford II 02 Apr 2001 

Central Park, Haworth II 13 Nov 2002 

Horton Park, Bradford II 02 Apr 2001 

Lister Park II 01 Dec 1984 

Lund Park, Keighley II 02 Apr 2001 

Peel Park, Bradford II 02 Apr 2001 

Prince Of Wales Park, Bingley II 14 Mar 2001 

Roberts Park, Shipley II 01 Dec 1984 

Heathcote, Ilkley II 12 Jan 1984 

Whinburn, Keighley II 02 Sep 2002 

St Ives Estate, Harden II 28 Apr 2009 

Scholemoor Cemetery II 09 Jan 2002 

Undercliffe Cemetery II 20 Jul 1998 

Source: English Heritage 

Further details about each of the above historic parks and gardens can be found on the 

Council’s Leisure and Culture website below- 

http://www.bradford.gov.uk/leisure_and_culture/parks_and_gardens/parks_and_gardens.ht 

m 

The District also contains four recognised Local Historic Parks and Gardens. These sites 

are of local interest, (not included on the national register) which display evidence of 

designated landscapes that are of local interest and any proposals, which affect the site or 

setting, should demonstrate a clear understanding of the original design and layout. 

Table: Local Historic Parks and Gardens 

Bierley Hall Wood, Bradford 

Heber’s Ghyll, Ilkley 

Cliffe Castle and Devonshire Park, Keighley 

Milnerfield, Gilstead 

Source: Bradford rUDP 

Scheduled Ancient Monuments 

Bradford Metropolitan District has 202 scheduled monuments that range from the site of the 

Roman Fort at Ilkley to prehistoric earthworks and the unique concentration of carved stones 

on Ilkley Moor. The vast majority of the monuments are located in the north of the district. 

The table in Appendix 2 lists and shows details of each of the 202 scheduled monuments in 

Bradford district. 

109

Historical Battlefields 

The Register of Historic Battlefields in England is compiled and maintained by English 

Heritage. The inclusion of a site on this Register brings with it no additional statutory 

controls, but it is a material consideration when determining planning applications in the 

area. 

The historic interest of a battlefield is judged by the documentary evidence that is available 

to pin point the site and the surviving physical features, such as the topography and 

archaeological evidence. Bradford Metropolitan District has one historic battlefield included 

on the Register: Adwalton Moor 1643 which extends into the districts of Kirklees and Leeds. 

Adwalton Moor 1643 - gave the Royalists control of the North of England for the remainder 

of that year. It was second only in significance to Marston Moor in the history of the Civil 

Wars in the North. The battlefield landscape of 1643 was one of hedge-lined fields on the 

lower slopes and moorland with coal pits, some of which can still be identified today. The 

encroachment of development especially the railway, road and built developments over the 

last 150 years has dramatically altered the character of the battlefield by changes to the 

landscape. Nevertheless many elements of the landscape of the time of the battle remain 

such that it is still possible to trace the various phases of the conflict and to interpret the 

progress of the battle. 

110

Further detail about the historic battlefield can be found from the web links below- 

http://www.bradford.gov.uk/NR/rdonlyres/181CA68E-AA97-476E-B4C1- 

35172A5A759C/0/battle_of_adwalton_moor.pdf 

and 

http://www.english-heritage.org.uk/upload/pdf/Adwalton.pdf 

11. Heritage at Risk 

A total of 41 heriatge sites, monuments and buildings are currently deemed ‘at risk’ in the 

Bradford District. 

Table: ‘At Risk’ Heritage Assets in Bradford 

Buildings 4 

Places of worship 6 

Scheduled monuments 19 

Registered parks and gardens 1 

Registered battlefield 1 (stretches into Leeds and Kirklees) 

Conservation areas 10 

Source: Heritage At Risk Register ( English Heritage, 2011) 

The number of ‘at risk’ conservation areas is particularly high in the District compared to any 

other Local Authority area in Yorkshire and Humber. The mills listed above are particularly 

vulnerable because they lack interests from developers and remain largely empty. 

The Battle of Adwalton Moor battlefield is also in the English Heritage’s register. It is judged 

to be of a generally satisfactory condition but is said to be declining. 

111

SOCIAL & COMMUNITY INFRASTRUCTURE 

Planning Policy Statement 1 supports the promotion of health and well being and requires 

local planning authorities to recognize the link between social inequalities in the provision of 

social and community facilities including health services, access to open spaces in the 

natural and built environment and the location of schools, shops and other facilities to reduce 

the need to travel. In delivering such facilities it is important that the LDF ensures that 

suitable locations are found for these uses which address local needs, whilst continuing to 

protect and enhance the natural built environment with high quality and inclusive designs. 

Previous studies by the council have highlighted that there are a number and variety of 

social and community facilities located within Bradford district with various degree of service 

capacity and catchment area. Although there are evidence of overall lack in quantity and 

quality of such provisions, access to these facilities are generally very good across the 

district. For example 96.9% and 99.8% of all households in the districts are within 15 and 30 

minutes of a GP by public transport. 90.5% and 99.7% of all households are within 30 and 

60 minutes of a hospital by public transport. 92.2% and 99.7% of 12-17 years are within 20 

and 40 minutes of a secondary school by public transport. Figures are similar for access to 

primary schools. 97.5% and 99.8% of people of working age are within 20 and 40 minutes 

of an employment centre by public transport. Employment centres are defined as Super 

Output Areas with more than 499 jobs. 17 

1. Housing 

Bradford’s total dwelling stock in 2009 was 206,969 with 16% (32,900) owned by registered 

social landlords and the remaining 84% (174,069) in private ownership. In 2008, 69% of the 

total dwelling stock was owner occupied, 11% was privately rented and 4% of properties 

were vacant. The private sector consists of 170,000 households and has been growing 

steadily for many years due to the impact of Right to Buy and higher level of private rather 

than social new build. 20 housing associations provide homes in Bradford, including the 

stock transfer association, Incommunities, which owns 70% of the social rented stock. The 

council has a clear and up-to date picture of the housing condition situation as a result of a 

comprehensive private sector house condition survey carried out in 2008. 

1.1 Social Housing 

There are a number of Registered Social Landlords (RSLs) actively operating in Bradford. 

They include- 

• The Abbeyfield Bradford Society Ltd. 

• The Abbeyfield Ilkley Society Ltd. 

• Anchor Trust 

• Accent Yorkshire (formerly Bradford and Northern Housing Association) 

• English Churches Housing Group 

• Equity Housing Association 

17 CS SA baseline. 

112

• Habinteg Housing Association, 

• Hanover Housing Association 

• Headrow Housing Group 

• Housing 21 

• Jephson Housing Association Group 

• Johnnie Johnson Housing Association 

• Manningham Housing Association 

• Muir Group Ltd. 

• Nashayman HA / Home Housing 

• Places For People (formally North British HA) 

• Sanctuary Housing Association 

• Affinity Sutton Housing Association 

• Yorkshire Housing / Brunel Housing 

• Incommunities (formerly Bradford Community Housing Trust) 

The main housing stock holders are Incommunities, Brunel Housing and Accent Yorkshire 

with large numbers of their stocks dispersed throughout the district. 

Table: Total RSL Housing Stock in Bradford 2009 

RSL name Total dwellings 

Incommunities 22,293 

Yorkshire Housing / Brunel ** 2,128 

Accent Yorkshire (ex Bradford & Northern) 2,032 

Places For People (Housing) 1,980 

Manningham Housing Association 1,141 

Anchor Trust 741 

William Sutton Trust 580 

Hanover Housing Association 550 

Housing 21 438 

Home Housing / Nashayman * 362 

Headrow Housing Group 312 

Sanctuary Housing Association 80 

Habinteg Housing Association 50 

Abbeyfield Bradford Society Ltd 43 

Abbeyfield Ilkley Society Ltd 42 

Johnnie Johnson Housing Association 42 

Muir Goup Ltd 34 

Equity Housing Association 30 

English Churches Housing Group 13 

Jephson Housing Association Group 9 

Total of RSL properties in district: 32,900 

NB: 

*Nashayman HA is part of the Home Housing Group and all Home Housing properties in the district 

are now managed by Nashayman HA 

** All Yorkshire Housing properties in the district are now managed by Brunel Housing 

As illustrated in Table below, over the past ten years (1999 to 2009), total housing dwelling 

stock has increased by 8,011 dwellings (4%), mainly through new private sector 

development. The total amount of social rented stock (Council, Transfer RSLs and other 

RSLs) has fallen by 10.3%. 

113

Table: Stock profile trends 1998-2008 

Tenure 1999 2004 2009 % Change 1998-2008 

Social Rented 36,663 34,017 32,900 -10.3 

Private 161,825 163,338 174,069 7.6 

Total 198,958 197,355 206,969 4.0 

Source: HIP/HSSA Returns published by ODPM/DCLG 

The overall tenure profile of Bradford District is summarised in figure below. 

Figure: Bradford District tenure profile 2007 

Owned Outright 

Owned with mortgage 

Bradford CH Trust 

Rented from Housing 

Association's 

Private Rented 

Tied accommodation 

Shared ownership 

379 

569 

Source: 2007/8 household survey 

1.2 Stock information 

11,193 

18,023 

26,371 

- 20,000 40,000 60,000 

59,381 

73,800 

The total social rented housing stock in Bradford in 2009 was 32,900, comprising 22,293 

Incommunities Housing Association, and 10,607 other Housing Association properties. 

Observations relating to social housing based on the household survey 2007/8 are 

presented in Table X. This indicates some variations in the dwelling stock profile amongst 

RSLs but overall: 

• 46.4% of occupied social rented stock comprises houses, 46.8% flats and 6.7% 

bungalows; 

• 38.4% of occupied social rented properties have one bedroom/bedsit, 34.9% have 

two bedrooms, 32.3% three bedrooms and 4.3% have four or more bedrooms; 

• 31.8% of occupied social rented stock was built between 1945 and 1964, a further 

19.4% between 1965-1979 and 28.7% since 1980. A small amount of stock (6.5%) 

was built before 1919. 

114

• There is a high degree of satisfaction with the home with over 80% of social renters 

satisfied or fairly satisfied with their accommodation. Overall, 10.6% of 

Incommunities and 6.5% of other RSL renters expressed dissatisfaction. 

Table: Attributes of Social Rented Stock 

Property Type Incommunities Rented from other HA All Stock 

Detached 0.2 10.6 

Semi-detached 29.6 16.3 33.2 

Terraced 19.4 25.8 35.2 

Bungalow 7.5 5.4 7.4 

Flat or Maisonette 43.2 52.4 13.4 

Caravan 0.1 0.1 

Total 100.0 100.0 100.0 

Base 18023 11193 189717 

Property Age Incommunities Rented from other HA All Stock 

Before 1919 2.3 13.1 32.8 

1919-1944 18.4 6.0 18.1 

1945-1964 48.9 5.7 16.9 

1965-1979 19.5 19.1 14.6 

1980-1999 9.8 46.2 12.7 

200 or later 1.2 9.9 5.0 

Total 100.0 100.0 100.0 

Base 18023 11193 189717 

No. of Bedrooms Incommunities Rented from other HA All Stock 

One/Bedsits 34.4 45.7 10.2 

Two 27.1 20.9 28.3 

Three 36.8 24.5 43.6 

Four 1.5 6.9 14.0 

Five 1.7 2.9 

Six or more 0.2 0.3 1.0 

Total 100.0 100.0 100.0 

Base 18023 11193 189717 

Satisfaction with Home Incommunities Rented from other HA All Stock 

Very satisfied 47.2 49.2 64.2 

Fairly satisfied 35.5 35.8 27.4 

Neither satisfied nor dissatisfied 6.7 8.5 3.4 

Fairly dissatisfied 5.2 3.8 2.8 

Very dissatisfied 5.4 2.7 2.2 

Total 100.0 100.0 100.0 

Base 18023 11193 189717 

Source: 2007/8 Household Survey 

Tenure profile varies to some extent across the District (Figure 4.4). Proportions of social 

rented properties were highest in City Central (24.2%), City South (16.8%) and Keighley & 

Worth Valley (16.4%). The proportion of households renting privately was highest in City 

Central (22.1%), City South (17.5%) and Keighley & Worth Valley (15.2%). The proportion of 

households who were owner-occupiers exceeded 80% in Wharfedale (87.1%) and Bingley 

(81.6%), compared with a District average of 70.1%. 

115

Figure: Bradford District tenure profile by sub-area 

100% 

80% 

60% 

40% 

20% 

0% 

City Central City North 

East 

Source: 2007/8 household survey 

Map Bradford sub-areas 

City South City West Bingley Wharfedale Keighley & 

Worth 

Valley 

Owner Occupied Social Rented Private Rented Intermediate 

Source: Bradford 2009 Strategic Housing Market Assessment 

Total 

116

The Private Sector House Condition Survey 2007 highlighted the following key features of 

Bradford’s housing stock and population: 

• A Greater proportion of the housing stock was built before 1945, but much 

lower levels after 1944, particularly between 1965 and 1980. 

• The stock is dominated by small and medium/large terraced houses and 

semi detached house. 

• More younger residents (less than 60). 

• Average incomes are slightly less than that for England as a whole with 

just over 30% below £15,000. 

• Benefit receipt at 30% is well above average (mainly traditional families, 

single parent and lone older households). 

The PSHC Survey found that the level of non decency in private sector housing was 

40.5%, which is substantially higher than the national average (EHCS 2005 = 27.1%). 

The failure rate is largely driven by Category 1 hazards and energy efficiency 

standards. (Non decency has also become a greater problem since April 2006 with 

the introduction of the Housing Health and Safety Rating System). 

1.3 Affordable Housing requirement 

The needs assessment model advocated by the CLG has been used in the Bradford SHMA 

2009. In addition to establishing the overall affordable housing requirements (as summarised 

in Table ), analysis breaks this requirement down by sub-area grouping, property 

designation (i.e. general purpose and older person) and property size (number of bedrooms) 

as shown in Table X. 

Table : Annual affordable housing requirement (gross) 2008/09-2012/13 

Designation No. Beds Gross Net 

% Gross 

Shortfall 

General Needs One 8 -375 0.5 

Two 502 351 32.8 

Three 741 604 48.4 

Four + 119 108 7.8 

Older Person One/Two 160 61 10.5 

TOTAL 1530 749 100.0 

117

Table: Annual affordable housing requirement (gross) 2008/09-2012/13 by sub-area 

Designation 

No. 

Beds 

General 

needs 1 -38 

Bingley City 

NE 

City 

Central 

City 

West 

Sub-area 

City 

South 

Keighley 

and 

Worth 

Valley 

Wharfedale Total 

- 

130 

- 

-134 -48 8 -25 -8 -375 

2 161 140 219 36 17 -11 70 351 

3 -21 176 -35 230 286 -81 49 604 

4 27 -6 11 -6 52 28 1 108 

Older 

person 1 -33 50 59 -21 34 -19 10 81 

Total 

2 6 -3 -6 -6 -6 -4 -2 -21 

Net 103 -53 114 185 391 -111 120 749 

Gross 194 227 288 266 396 28 130 1530 

The Bradford District Housing Strategy 2008-2020 seeks to improve supply of affordable 

housing in the district in particular by using powers within the planning system to improve 

supply through the use of Section 106 agreements, which enable the LPA to negotiate a 

proportion of affordable housing on all new developments. The strategy splits up the district 

into the three areas shown in Map? (using Middle Layer Super Output areas) in order to 

inform the setting of developer quotas for affordable housing provision under the ‘Section 

106’ powers granted to local authorities. The areas shaded red are mainly rural areas of the 

District and will attract the highest percentage requirement, whilst the yellow shaded areas 

are inner urban areas where we will require lower levels, brown areas with intermediate 

requirements. 

Map: Affordable Housing Requirement Areas 

Source: Bradford District Housing Strategy 2008-2020 

118

The current Affordable Housing policy is being reviewed and the revised policy is expected 

to result in attracting greater developer activity within the district by encouraging developers 

to build in Bradford. 

2.0 Education 

Councils as Local Education Authorities have a statutory obligation to provide education 

according to the Department for Education and Skills (DfES) guidance. 

Following Bradford LEA's critical OfSTED inspection of 2000, Bradford Council decided to 

establish a strategic partnership for the provision of school-focused educational services. 

This involved the procurement of a direct service provider who would work in partnership 

with and under contract to the Council. The contract was awarded to Serco which took up its 

responsibilities in the contract under the name of Education Bradford in July 2001. It is a ten 

year contract and the largest of its type in Europe. The contract is coming towards an end in 

July 2011 and the council is currently working towards setting up programmes for delivering 

the future education and related services in the district. 

Education Bradford is one part of a strategic partnership for education in Bradford. The other 

partners are the Council and schools. 

There are over 230 schools across Bradford District. The majority of these schools are state 

schools managed by the Local Education Authority (LEA), others are independent. A list of 

all schools in Bradford is included in Appendix 3. 

ADD GIS MAP SHOWING STATE RUN NURSERY SCHOOLS, PRIMARY, SECONDARY 

SCHOOLS 

Faith state schools 

• 19 Catholic voluntary aided primary schools and 3 secondary Catholic voluntary 

aided schools. 

• There are 14 Church of England voluntary controlled primary schools and 11 Church 

of England voluntary aided primary schools. 

• There is 1 Muslim girl’s secondary school. 

http://www.bradford.gov.uk/education_and_skills/schools/school_types/faith_state_schools/ 

Foundation Schools 

There are 12 foundation schools in the district. 9 of these are primary schools and the others 

are secondary. 

http://www.bradford.gov.uk/education_and_skills/schools/school_types/foundation_schools/ 

Dixon academy is currently the only selective school in the district. 

http://www.bradford.gov.uk/education_and_skills/schools/school_types/selective_schools/ 

119

All Through schools 

There are 2 all through schools, age range 2 – 18, which are both Academies. 

Academies 

There are 3 other secondary Academies. 

Specialist schools 

All secondary schools now have a specialism. 

http://www.bradford.gov.uk/education_and_skills/schools/school_types/specialist_schools/ 

Special schools 

• There are 3 co-located primary special schools. 

• There are 3 co-located secondary special schools 

• There is 1 Communication and Interaction special school. 

• There is 1 special school for deaf children. 

http://www.bradford.gov.uk/education_and_skills/schools/school_types/state_special_school 

s/ 

Supplementary Schools 

The LEA has been providing support to Supplementary Schools for mother tongue teaching 

since 1983. There are over 80 Supplementary Schools registered with Education Bradford 

providing a range of mother tongue teaching classes in Arabic, Bengali, Gujarati, Punjabi, 

Hindi, Polish, Italian and Urdu as the main languages. These schools cater for approximately 

8,000 minority ethnic pupils involving 300 community tutors. Full detail of the supplementary 

schools education services can be found from the following lnk- 

http://www.bradford.gov.uk/education_and_skills/schools/school_types/supplementary_scho 

ols/ 

Voluntary Controlled and Aided Schools 

There are 39 voluntary Aided schools in the district. 31 of these are primary schools and 

others are secondary. 

http://www.bradford.gov.uk/education_and_skills/schools/school_types/voluntary_aided_sch 

ools/ 

There are 15 Voluntary Controlled schools in the district. 14 of these are primary schools 

and 1 is a secondary school. 

http://www.bradford.gov.uk/education_and_skills/schools/school_types/voluntary_controlled_ 

schools/ 

120

Nursery and pre-school 

There are 7 state nursery schools in Bradford district. 

http://www.bradford.gov.uk/education_and_skills/schools/school_types/state_nursery_school 

s/ 

ADD COMMENTRY ON NURSERY SCHOOL CAPACITY AND FORECASTING 

Primary 

There are 159 primary schools in Bradford district. 

http://www.bradford.gov.uk/education_and_skills/schools/school_types/state_primary_school 

s/ 

ADD COMMENTARY ON PRIMARY SCHOOL CAPACITY, FORECASTING AND 

COMMITED CAPITAL PROJECTS 

Secondary 

There are 29 secondary schools in Bradford district. 

http://www.bradford.gov.uk/education_and_skills/schools/school_types/state_secondary_sch 

ools/ 

ADD COMMENTARY ON SECONDARY SCHOOL CAPACITY, FORECASTING AND 

COMMITED CAPITAL PROJECTS 

School Places 

The number of children in primary schools has been growing steadily over the last 5 years 

due to an increase in the birth rate and consequent increase in the number of 4 year olds 

being admitted into reception year. However, the total number of pupils in secondary schools 

has remained relatively stable over the same period, although the smaller number of 

students in the upper age range masks the rise in the number of students being admitted to 

Year 7. 

Based on birth data provided to the Local Authority by the Health Authority the number of 

reception places required is forecast to rise further. Secondary pupil numbers are also 

forecast to rise by at least 14% by 2018 and by 2015 an additional 3,500 new student places 

are needed, made up of increased statutory age pupil places (11-16) and post -16. 

However the increase in demand for places is not evenly distributed across the District but 

concentrated in specific geographical areas, particularly the inner-city, its immediate 

surrounding areas and Wharfe Valley which experience the greatest pressure where 

population density has increased significantly. 

In addition parental expectations together with their cultural and religious beliefs often steers 

parents towards making choices about specific schools. However, school performance and 

hence popularity of schools changes over time which makes it increasingly difficult to identify 

121

where changes in demand will occur. There is, therefore, a need to have the surplus allowed 

by the DfE (5%) to be able to accommodate parental choice. 

Moreover, the number of appeals against allocated school places in Bradford is already the 

highest in the country. Anticipated increases in the school-age population will have a 

negative impact on the schools’ ability to meet parental preferences and further increase the 

number of appeals lodged unless additional places are created. 

Responding to demand- Over the following 5 year period in order to remedy the shortfall in 

places the District needs to have increased permanent capacity by 800 in each year group 

from Year 2 to Year 6 to accommodate the children as they progress through the primary 

sector, a total of a further 4000 places across the Primary School estate, as a minimum. 

To accommodate this anticipated growth the Local Authority has embarked on a programme 

of creating additional school places within a number of existing primary schools across the 

District. This will be delivered through a gradual increase in the size of a number of schools 

over a seven year period as the increased cohorts move through the school. When fully 

implemented these increases will result in an overall surplus capacity, based on current 

figures, across the primary sector of approximately 5%. 

The building work to accommodate these increased numbers has been started with the first 

phase of a multi phased programme. Capital funding to cover the costs of these expansions 

is provided by the DfE. However, the Local Authority has only received notification of the 

level of capital funding for 2011/12 with further levels of funding yet to be announced. 

In the secondary sector to accommodate the total number of additional pupil places for 11- 

16 and the additional post 16 provision would require providing the equivalent of two new 

schools. The growth areas are unpredictable but over time there is a pattern of pupil 

increases concentrated in the inner Bradford area, North and West of the inner area in the 

Wharfe Valley. 

Building Schools for the Future (BSF) Phase 3 had provided a plan for the delivery of the 

growing young population in the district. Population growth was not increasing when Phase I 

& II schools were planned. Under the BSF Phase 3 plans for 16 forms of entry increase (480 

per year group) were to be accommodated across 9 schools. It was proposed that two 

school buildings would be completely replaced. The remaining schools were to be 

remodelled and refurbished. The schools were:- 

Belle Vue Boys: +2 FEs 

Belle Vue Girls +2 FEs 

Carlton Bolling +2 FEs 

Challenge College +1 FE 

Ilkley Grammar +1 FE planned rebuild 

Laisterdyke BEC +2 FEs 

Nab Wood +3 FEs planned rebuild 

Queensbury +1 FE 

122

Thornton Grammar +2 FEs 

In addition, it was proposed that Bingley Grammar should be substantially rebuilt in order to 

address suitability and condition issues. 18 

However with the cessation of the BSF programme other sources of capital are now being 

actively pursued to address the situation. For admissions in September 2011, a number of 

secondary schools have voluntarily agreed to admit above their Published Admission 

Number (PAN) to cater for the additional places required. 

Two Free Schools have been approved in the District. The Kings Science Academy is for 

children aged 7 to 11 and has opened in September 2011 with 140 year 7 pupils. A further 

free school, Rainbow Free School for children aged 4 to 11 has also been approved to preopening 

stage for September 2011. 

Further free school applications have been submitted to the Department for Education (DfE); 

however it has not been possible to anticipate which of these might be successful. 

Schools converting from maintained to Academy status have had little if any impact on 

admissions for September 2011. However, as these schools become their own admissions 

authority with the ability to set their own admission numbers and admissions policies this 

could have future implications. As yet this is difficult to anticipate but the LA will maintain 

close scrutiny of the situation as it develops. 

Funding- Capital allocations to address the need for additional places (Basic Need) across 

both primary and secondary sectors is provided by DfE. Prior to 2011/12 these allocations 

were given for a three year period which provided an opportunity to forward plan. In 

December 2010 allocations for 2011/12 were announced but allocations beyond 2012 are as 

yet unknown. 

Basic Need allocations for the period 2008 to 2011 totalled £14.5M. In 2009 the Local 

Authority made a bid for additional Basic Need funding to address the forecast significant 

shortfall in primary school places for 2010/11 particularly for Reception year places and was 

successful in securing an additional £11M to deal with this immediate pressure. For 2011/12 

the government announced a total of £800M was to be available for Basic Needs across all 

Local Authorities. Bradford’s allocation for 2011/12 is £10.3M 

18 The Council completed 3 new secondary schools built on time under BSF Phase 1 at Titus Salt, 

Tong High School and Buttershaw BEC, and which were opened on schedule in August 2008. Under 

Phase 2 the LA has provided and funded three new primary special schools at Chellow, Delius and 

Phoenix, together with a new primary mainstream school, Merlin Top, all opened on time in April 

2010. The LA has also provided four new, fit-forpurpose secondary mainstream schools co-located 

with three new secondary special schools and a hearing impaired unit. They were completed in 2011. 

123

In July 2011 the government announced an additional £500M was to be allocated to fund 

Basic Need for 2011/12 in addition to the £800M previously announced. As yet we have not 

received any information regarding the allocation for Bradford. 

A new privately financed school rebuilding programme was also launched in July 2011 with 

the aim of rebuilding schools in the very worst state of disrepair. The programme is called 

Priority School Building Programme (PSBP) and is open to all publicly funded schools which 

meet certain qualifying conditions. Local authorities, schools, and organisations with 

responsibility for schools will be able to submit applications for the programme. Although 

eight primary and five secondary schools have been assessed as eligible under the PSBP, 

only the secondary schools have made the decision to apply for funding. The schools are: 

Aire Valley; Belle Vue Boys; Carlton Bolling College; Oakbank; Queensbury. All primary 

schools have declined to apply. 

The DfE decision is expected by December 2011 and if successful the first schools funded 

through the PSBP are expected to open in 2014-15. 

The Governments’ initial response to Sebastian James’s review of education capital funding 

was also published in July 2011. This is now subject to consultation which will run for twelve 

weeks and focus on two key areas. First, the best model for allocating and prioritising 

capital; and secondly the proposals put forward on procurement and project management, 

calling for a more centralised approach to capture efficiencies and build expertise. 

Further education 

There are four further education sixth form colleges in Bradford district, they are:- 

• Bradford College- Bradford College offers more university level qualifications than 

any other college in England with approximately 170 full and part time HE courses 

to choose from. Most of the college's degrees are validated by Leeds Metropolitan 

University; previously they were validated by the University of Bradford with the final 

cohort graduating in December 2007. Bradford College plans to apply for university 

status and award their own degrees, the application process due to formally start in 

May 2008. 

• Park Lane College, Keighley- this is the former Keighley College now merged with 

the Park Lane College Leeds to form the new Leeds City College. 

• Shipley College The college is mainly based in the village of Saltaire but there is a 

Bingley Connection building, which is a building based in the centre of Bingley. 

There are a wide range of courses offered at Shipley College, but they mainly offer 

BTEC's as full time courses. The BTECs on offer include BTEC National Diploma, 

First Diploma and Introductory Diplomas and Certificates. 

• Bowling Community College Bowling College offers full and part-time courses for 

students, from first steps back into education through to GCSEs, NVQs, NOCN 

Level 2 Progression Award and Access to Higher Education. Student can study at 

124

the main site in East Bowling or at various community venues in Barkerend, 

Undercliffe, Canterbury, West Bowling, Girlington and Woodside. 

Higher education 

The University of Bradford is the only establishment offering Higher Education in Bradford 

District. 

The University has around 140 degree courses at undergraduate level and around 80 at 

postgraduate level. These are spread across the 7 Academic Schools of Engineering, 

Design and Technology, Health Studies, Informatics, Life Sciences (including 

Archaeological, Geographical and Environmental Sciences), Management, Social and 

International Studies, and the School of Lifelong Education and Development, which also 

offers part-time courses. 

The University also has an excellent graduate employment record, and was rated 2nd out of 

99 UK Universities for employment in The Times Good University Guide 2006 and ranked 

number 1 for employment in the North of England. 

However, according to the Complete University Guide 2010 19 (based on data from the 

2007/08 academic year), Bradford’s graduate prospects score has fell from 73.9, the best in 

Yorkshire last year, to 70.4 – a trend only replicated in the region at York University and the 

University has slipped eight places to 57th in a national higher education league table. 

Students graduating with good degrees however rose by the third highest margin in 

Yorkshire and Humber and it keeps its place as fifth best out of the nine universities in the 

region, ahead of Sheffield Hallam but below Hull. 

Despite its lower research score, the guide recognised that Bradford has several areas of 

world-class research including in peace studies, polymers, mechanical engineering, medical 

biosciences and archaeological science. 

The guide reports that the university has more than 1,500 computer workstations across the 

campus, 500 more than last year, while the main library contains more than 600,000 books, 

up 20 per cent in 12 months. 

The University received four applications per place during the past academic year, down 

from seven last year. Its male/female student ratio is 49:51, state/private school ratio 96:4 

and home/international ratio 84:16. 

Information on current admission levels, demand for college places and adult learning 

requirements and demand is not available at present. This data will be requested from the 

appropriate key partners and used to update and inform this plan. 

19 The complete University Guide (2009) University League Table 2010 [online]. 

 

125

Childrens Services 

The Councils - Bradford Early Years, Childcare and Play (BEYCP) promotes, develops, and 

supports the highest quality childcare, early education and play provision, offering equality of 

opportunity and access for all. 

Play, early education and childcare are essential elements of achieving the very best 

outcomes for children and young people as part of Every Child Matters. 

BEYCP are responsible for delivering the government’s 10 Year Childcare Strategy and its 

vision for a Sure Start for all children, as well as meeting duties under the Childcare Act, 

which came into force in 2008. Priorities include ensuring that sufficient childcare is available 

to meet demand and that free, part time nursery places are available for all 3 and 4 year 

olds. 

BEYCPs aim is to provide greater choice for parents so that they can balance work 

commitments and family life, and ensure that flexible childcare is available for all families 

with children. A major focus of the strategy is reducing social disadvantage by enabling 

parents to access training and work. 

Establishing Children’s Centres, offering integrated services for children aged 0-5 and their 

families, is a central feature of the national strategy. So far, the Council has established 33 

children’s centres in Bradford, bringing together early education, childcare, health and family 

support for the 0-5’s. 

Children’s Centres 

Sure Start is a Government initiative which aims to give every child the best possible start in 

life. Children’s Centres are places where children under five and their families can access 

services and information from a range of professionals. An example of some of the services 

offered include: 

• Chatterbox – helps children to develop early language and communication skills; 

• Baby massage – teaches parents techniques, which relax their baby and helps with 

their sleep; 

• Play and Stay – offers activities for children to learn through play; 

• Information – available on employment opportunities, childcare and training; 

• Incredible years – for parents to develop skills to deal with everyday behaviour; and 

• Family Support – offering individual support for families in their home or in the centre. 

The SureStart Children’s Centres in Bradford have been developed in accordance with 

Government guidance, building on existing developments including Local SureStart 

Programmes, Neighbourhood Nurseries and the Early Excellence Centre and then later 

Nursery and Primary School sites. This has created a very mixed economy. 

126

The 8 ex Local SureStart programmes in the District have completed their transition to 

Children’s Centre focus and now support 14 of the 33 Phase 1 and 2 Children’s Centres in 

Bradford. See appendix 4 for the list of the centres. 

Four of the District’s five Family Centres operate as co-located Children’s Centre sites whilst 

investment in the fifth will support partnership working with all Children’s Centres within its 

locality. 

All seven of the Districts Nursery Schools are leading on delivery of the Children’s Centre 

offer on their sites. Fourteen Primary Schools operate as co-located sites for Children’s 

Centres. All Children’s Centres are linked with the Extended Schools clusters. 

Six of the Councils Children’s Centres are ‘Children’s Centre Plus’ sites, a model unique to 

Bradford. These are specifically designed and resourced to provide enhanced facilities for 

children with complex health needs. These Children’s Centre Plus sites are located at: 

• Canterbury Nursery School and Centre for Children and Families 

• Strong Close Nursery School and Children’s Centre 

• St Edmund’s Nursery School and Children’s Centre 

• Woodroyd Children’s Centre 

• Barkerend Children’s Centre 

• Hirstwood Nursery School 

City of Bradford Metropolitan District Council has one of the largest Children’s Centre 

programmes in the country having already established 33 Children’s Centres in the 30% 

most disadvantaged areas of the District through Phases 1 and 2 and by commissioning the 

development of 7 new Phase 3 Children’s Centres to cover the remaining 70% areas of the 

District between 2008 and 2010. Each Centre is expected to ‘reach’ between 800 to 1200 

children aged 0-5 years with an overall reach totalling 37,015 children by 2011. 

Bradford has been allocated capital totalling £3.8 million to support the development of up to 

11 new Phase 3 Centres and maintenance of all Centres between 2008-2011. 

Revenue totalling £48.5 million will provide direct funding and funding for centrally managed 

services contributing to the core offer in Phases 1, 2 and 3 between 2008-2011. 

Phase 1 and 2 Centres are resourced to deliver intensive integrated support to 0-5 year olds 

in their reach area, whilst Centres in the 70% areas will offer a more flexible and less 

intensive level of support. This entails developing Phase 3 Centres around existing provision 

and will generally involve modifications and extensions of existing premises rather than large 

new builds. 

Identification of potential sites for the new Phase 3 children’s centres has provided an 

opportunity to review the Children’s Centre portfolio across the whole District and to address 

gaps and anomalies in the overall reach profile. The review assessment has identified 5 

127

areas across the Shipley and Keighley Constituencies which are currently outside the reach 

boundaries of the Phase 1 and 2 Centres and these are therefore the areas of focus for the 

development of the 7 new Centres. They will deliver services to approximately 5000 0-5s 

with each Centre catering for between 600 to 750 children. 

The areas identified are: 

1. Worth Valley including Haworth and Oxenhope 

2. Bingley including Cottingley, Wilsden, Cullingworth, Micklethwaite, East Morton and 

Eldwick 

3. Baildon including Charlestown and Esholt 

4. Ilkley including Burley-in Wharfedale and Menston and Addingham 

5. Craven including Steeton and Silsden 

The Department for Children, Schools and Families expects that any Centres with a reach of 

1200 plus must be provided with enhanced revenue resourcing and where a single Centre 

has significant reach issues, a satellite facility be available to enable all families to access 

the services. Within this context, a review of Bradford District’s Centres identified that a 

number of satellites need to be developed within specific reach areas including: Denholme, 

Oakworth and Wibsey. A satellite is also required at Barkerend but this will not require 

additional capital investment. 

Earlier in 2008, Early Years, Childcare and Play undertook a detailed Childcare 

Sufficiency Assessment which confirmed that full daycare for 0-5s in the 70% areas is 

sufficient to meet local need. Therefore Phase 3 Children’s Centres will not create additional 

full daycare facilities. 

The research and consultation elicited the need for 7 new Children’s Centres as follows: 

Haworth (1); Bingley (2); Baildon (1); Ilkley and Addingham (1); Burley and Menston (1) and 

Silsden and Steeton (1). There are considerable challenges because of the rural nature of 

the Phase 3 reach areas. Initial feasibilities have therefore been undertaken on a number of 

options. These have been narrowed down to a total of 11 potential sites which is now subject 

to a more detailed secondary appraisal for further review. 

Details of each of the existing children’s centre could be found from the following weblink: 

http://www.bradford.childrencentres.org/ 

See Draft Bradford District Children’s Centres Strategy (Feb, 2008) by clicking link below:- 

http://www.bradford.gov.uk/NR/rdonlyres/66AF3C80-167B-4B88-BCE7- 

F3BC53351A63/0/DraftChildrensCentresStrategyDocFeb08.pdf 

Special needs and disability 

The aim of the Special Educational Needs Team is to ensure that children and young people 

within the Bradford District experiencing special educational needs have the best possible 

education, the opportunity to fulfil their potential and play a full part in the life of their school 

128

and community.To achieve this we will fully support the Government's SEN Strategy 

'Removing Barriers to Achievement' by: 

• further developing effective early intervention 

• setting high expectations and raising achievement 

• supporting schools to remove barriers to learning 

• improving our partnership working. 

These mainstream schools receive additional resources to provide for small numbers of 

pupils with a specific special educational need. 

Pupils with Autistic Spectrum Disorders 

• Denholme Primary School, Minorca Mount, Denholme, Bradford, BD13 4AY 

• The Grange Technology College, Haycliffe Lane, Bradford, BD5 9ET 

• The Holy Family Catholic Secondary School, Spring Gardens Lane, Keighley, BD20 

6LH 

Pupils who are deaf 

• Girlington Primary School, Girlington Road, Bradford, BD8 9NR 

• Nab Wood Secondary School, Cottingley New Road, Bingley, BD16 1TZ 

Pupils with speech and language difficulties 

• Green Lane Primary School, Green Lane, Bradford, BD8 8HT 

• High Crags Primary School, Crag Road, Shipley, BD18 2ES 

• The Challenge College, North Avenue, Bradford, BD8 7ND 

Pupils with physical difficulties 

• Beckfoot Secondary School, Wagon Lane, Bingley, BD16 1EE 

• Bradford Academy, Teasdale Street, Bradford, BD4 7QJ 

The new special schools will mainly provide for pupils with severe learning difficulties, 

profound and multiple learning difficulties and, severe and complex autistic spectrum 

disorders. These schools are to be located as follows: 

• Delius Special School - 130 places, 2-11 years, on the Bradford Moor Primary / 

Lapage Primary site, postcode BD3, 

• Chellow Heights Special School - 130 places, 2-11 years, on the Heaton Primary 

site, postcode BD9, 

• Phoenix Special School - 110 places, 2-11 years, on the Guard House Primary site, 

postcode BD22, 

• Name to be agreed – secondary special school - 120 places, 11-19 years, on the 

Grange Technology College site, postcode BD5, 

• Beckfoot Secondary special school - 120 places, 11-19 years, on the Beckfoot 

Secondary School site, postcode BD16, and 

129

• Beechcliffe Special School - 100 places, 11-19 years, on the Greenhead High site, 

postcode BD20. 

http://www.educationbradford.com/SEN+Provision.htm 

3.0 Employment 

Job centre plus 

Jobcentre Plus is a government agency supporting people of working age from welfare into 

work, and helping employers to fill their vacancies. Job Centre Plus is part of the 

Department of Works and Pensions (DWPS) and plays a major role in supporting the 

Department’s aim to ‘promote opportunity and independence for all through modern, 

customer-focused services’. 

There are 4 Job Centre Plus locations in Bradford District:- 

• Vicar Lane, Bradford 

• Wainman Street, Shipley 

• Worth Way, Keighley 

• Manningham Lane, Bradford 

Other Job Centre Plus locations adjacent to the district include:- 

• Newmarket Street, Skipton 

• Otley Road, Guiseley, Leeds 

• James Road, Halifax 

Benefits/tax 

Local benefit/Tax Offices 

The Council Tax Payment Office is located at Britannia House, Hall Ings, Bradford. 

Council Tax Enquiry desks are located at:- 

• Bdirect, Centenary Court, Bradford 

• Shipley Town Hall 

• Bingley Council Shop 

• Manningham One Stop Shop 

Her Majesty’s Revenue & Custom (HMRC) Tax Office (West Yorkshire & Craven Tax Office) 

is located at:- 

Centenary Court 

1 St Blaise Way Bradford BD1 4YL 

4.0 Health 

NHS Bradford and Airedale (re-branded from Bradford and Airedale tPCT in April 2009) is 

responsible for delivering all the health services in local communities across the district. It 

130

works with local doctors and hospitals to make sure the services they provide meet the 

needs of the people who live in the district. 

In the year 2008/2009 it managed a budget of £822 million – around £1,518 per person in 

the district – to make sure every resident could get the healthcare they needed. Almost £480 

million of that was used to pay for secondary care, including hospital treatment. 20 

The region’s strategic health authority, NHS Yorkshire and Humber, is the headquarters of 

the NHS locally and acts as a link between the Department of Health and the NHS. It does 

not provide health services. It ensures local trusts, such as NHS Bradford and Airedale and 

Yorkshire Ambulance Trust, operate effectively. 

Bradford Teaching Hospitals NHS Foundation Trust, which manages BRI and St Luke’s, 

operates independently as it is a foundation trust and is regulated by a different organisation 

– Monitor. 

An assessment of the key providers in the healthcare market is summarised below- 

GP practices 

There are 83 GP practices across the district operating at a range of different sizes and 

abilities. The number of patients per GP ranges from 1,300 to more than 3,000. This, 

combined with the inequalities and diversity of our population, presents a complex challenge. 

There are more than 40 extended services which are now being run away from the 

traditional hospital. The ambitions of primary care providers to extend the scope of provision 

in the community provide an opportunity for market development. A comprehensive list of all 

GPs, dentists, pharmacists and opticians operating in Bradford could be found on the NHS 

website- http://www.bradford.nhs.uk/wp-content/uploads/2010/07/HealthMatters2010.pdf 

General dental practitioners 

There are currently 70 NHS dental practices in Bradford and Airedale and approximately 166 

dentists. NHS Bradford and Airedale commission unscheduled dental care through the 

salaried dental service of the Bradford and Airedale Community Health Services (BACHS). 

There are currently thousands of patients who are not accessing NHS dental treatment on a 

regular basis. 

Bradford Teaching Hospitals NHS Foundation Trust (BTHFT) 

Acute services for the population living in Bradford are provided at Bradford Royal Infirmary, 

St Luke’s Hospital and some outreach clinics. Bradford Teaching Hospitals NHS Foundation 

Trust (BTHFT) also provides specialist cancer and renal services and is aiming to establish 

itself as a specialist centre in West Yorkshire. Further strategic ambitions include achieving 

patient satisfaction through best quality care, facilities and staff, and providing care closer to 

patients’ homes. 

20 Telegraph and Argus 30 March 2009 

131

Airedale NHS Trust 

Airedale NHS Trust is the main provider of acute services for the registered population living 

in Keighley and the Aire and Wharfe Valleys from the Airedale General Hospital site. The 

Trust is working towards foundation trust status and has ambitions to develop communitybased 

services and lead in the field of telemedicine. 

Bradford District Care Trust 

Bradford District Care Trust (BDCT) provides health and social care services for people with 

mental health problems and those with learning disabilities. In 2007/08 these services were 

reviewed by us with Bradford Council, with recommendations made for improvement. BDCT 

is working towards foundation trust status. 

Bradford and Airedale Community Health Services 

Bradford and Airedale Community Health Services (BACHS) is the major provider of 

community healthcare services across the district. It provides a range of nursing, allied 

health professional and preventative services and some specialist services in the 

community. In April 2009 it established itself as an autonomous provider organisation with 

separate governance arrangements. 

Eccleshill Treatment Centre 

This independent sector treatment centre in the north of our district provides diagnostics and 

day surgery procedures. The existing contract expires in 2010 and this service is currently 

being market tested which has afforded us the opportunity to re-examine the range of 

services and to secure ongoing value for money. 

Yorkshire Clinic 

This independent sector hospital in Bingley provides a range of outpatient, elective and 

diagnostic services. It represents a sizeable proportion of our elective activity and has 

become established as a provider of services to the NHS. 

Yorkshire Eye Hospital 

The independent sector Yorkshire Eye Hospital provides diagnostic procedures, out-patient 

clinics and day case procedures for a range of ophthalmic conditions. The hospital works 

collaboratively with other providers and NHS Bradford and Airedale to redesign patient care 

pathways. 

Care homes and domiciliary care provision 

There are 130 care homes across the district (59 residential and 71 nursing) with a total of 

4,092 beds (1,387 and 2,705 respectively). A good proportion of these beds is for older 

people with less choice for people under 65 years old and those with specialist needs. The 

beds are not evenly spread geographically, with gaps in some areas of the city. The 

domiciliary care provision is variable in terms of geographical availability, costs and quality. 

132

In order to meet the needs of the population there is a need to review the commissioning of 

care services across the district in partnership with Bradford Council. 

Ophthalmic practices 

There are 64 ophthalmic practices in Bradford and Airedale, made up of a mixture of 

multiples, independents and franchises. The spread is fairly even with a small concentration 

in the city centre. 

Pharmacies 

More than 114 community pharmacy contractors operate in our district. All are providing the 

essential services n the national pharmacy contractual framework. Half re providing the 

advanced service of Medicines Use Review (MUR) and a range of other enhanced services. 

Pharmacists have a desire to develop an extended range of services in a community 

pharmacy setting. 

Voluntary and community sector 

The district has a vibrant and ambitious voluntary sector. Commissioning and working in 

partnership with the third sector is a key enabler in tackling many issues. Local NHS is 

working in partnership with 86 voluntary and community sector partners to deliver on health 

inequality reduction activities to support healthy lifestyles and to build capacity for community 

health and development work. 

4.1 NHS Bradford and Airedale 

The Primary Care Trust merged from four separate PCTs (Airedale, North Bradford, South 

and West, and City) in 2007. On 1st April 2009 the commissioning and provider function of 

the PCT split with NHS Bradford and Airedale becoming the commissioning arm, responsible 

for commissioning health services to meet the needs of the 500,000 people that reside within 

the Metropolitan district. At the same time Bradford and Airedale Community Services 

established itself as the autonomous provider organisation of community healthcare services 

for the region. The provider unit employs approximately 2,000 clinical and non-clinical staff, 

with a workforce which includes general and specialist nurses, allied health professionals, 

health visitors, school nurses, some GPs and practitioners with special interest, dentists and 

dental care professionals, mental health, substance misuse and public health practitioners. 

NHS Bradford and Airedale’s primary objective is to address health inequalities and improve 

the quality of services. Five objectives have been identified for achieving substantial change 

which include: 

• Address health inequalities with a focus on health improvement and prevention 

• Commission primary care to improve quality, access and environment 

• Develop integrated care models to meet people’s needs 

• Transform learning disability and mental health services 

• Improve the quality of maternity care and services for children 

133

4.1.1 Current service provision 

As the commissioning arm of the PCT, NHS Bradford and Airedale commission- that is they 

plan and pay for- purchasing healthcare services from a broad range of provider 

organisations. The key provider organisations are detailed in the table below with a brief 

overview of their responsibilities. Some of these providers are described more 

comprehensively later in this section. 

Source: Bradford and Airedale Community Infrastructure Plan 2010 

134

As well as the large NHS and independent sector providers there are also more than 84 

general practices across Bradford and Airedale totalling 408 family doctors, 72 dental 

practices, 113 pharmacies and 64 opticians. 

Practice Based Commissioning (PBC) allows local clinicians to set out their priorities and 

aspirations for their patients enabling them to drive improvements in patient care. The PBC 

programme is split into four alliances and two independent practices (see table) that 

coordinate PBC activity across four geographical areas. Practices have developed 

commissioning plans on an individual practice basis and on a more detailed basis for the 

Alliance, informed by health needs information and gaps in current service provision. 

Source: PCT Annual report 2008-09 

Bradford South and West PBC Alliance 

The South and West PBC alliance has 22 member practices with a total practice population 

of over161,500. 

Airedale and Wharfdale PBC Alliance and Independent Practices 

This alliance comprises 11 GP practices and 1 independent practice with a total registered 

list size of approximately 104,000 patients, representing approximately 17% of the Bradford 

District population. The Airedale Alliance practices are located in Silsden, Keighley, Haworth, 

Oakworth, Addingham and Ilkley with their catchment area encompassing the larger more 

rural wards to the north and west of the Bradford district. 

Citycare PBC Alliance 

Citycare Alliance is the largest PBC Alliance in terms of number of practices (35 GP 

practices) and second largest in terms of practice population (148,000). The catchment area 

includes the city centre area, Little Horton, Manningham, Toller, Bowling & Barkerend and 

Bradford Moor. 

Bingley and North Bradford PBC Alliance 

The Alliance includes 15 member practices that are located in Shipley, Bingley, Idle, Baildon, 

Heaton, Saltaire, Greengates, Eccleshill and Undercliffe. It serves a population of 

approximately 119,500 patients. 

135

Each of the alliances has developed three-year commissioning plans which include their 

local priorities. Since being set up in 2006, the alliances have continued to show innovation 

including moving services out of secondary care and into primary and community care 

settings together with developing alternatives to hospital based treatments. 

As well commissioning health services, NHS Bradford and Airedale also provides a range of 

primary care and community services directly to patients. These services are delivered by 

Bradford and Airedale Community Health Services (BACHS), which has been set up as a 

separate organisation from NHS Bradford and Airedale. 

The separation of the two organisations supports the way community-based services are 

managed to make sure they are effective, efficient and economical. 

Services provided by BACHS include: 

• community and specialist nursing; 

• intermediate care and long-term conditions; 

• children and family services; 

• allied health professionals and planned care; and 

• specialist services and dental. 

BACHS operate from a number of sites across Bradford and Airedale. Some sites are main 

administration or clinical centres, others house just a small number of staff. 

• Douglas Mill - Bradford and Airedale Teaching Primary Care Trust headquarters 

Bowling Old Lane, Bradford BD5 7JR 

• Leeds Road Hospital, Maudsley Street, Bradford BD3 9LH 

• Millennium Business Park - base for public health teams 

Station Road, Steeton, Keighley BD20 6QW 

• Shipley Health Centre, Alexandra Road, Shipley BD13 3EG 

• Westwood Park, Swift Drive Off Cooper Lane, Bradford BD6 3NL 

• Eccleshill Community Centre, Park Road Off Harrogate Road, Eccleshill, 

Bradford BD10 0ET 

• Keighley Health Centre, Oakworth Road, Keighley, BD21 1SA 

• Westbourne Green Health Centre, 50 Heaton Road, Bradford BD8 8R 

4.1.2 Current Estate 

NHS Bradford and Airedale has prepared an ‘Investment Asset Management Strategy 2010 

to 2015’ which will help identify process to reduce gaps between their estate infrastructure 

136

and future commissioning plans. NHS Bradford and Airedale acknowledge that at present, 

they have limited estates capacity in the community yet aim to move care closer to home. 

The Asset Management Strategy will focus upon obtaining value for money from existing 

estate while ensuring the estate is fit for purpose, with a longer-term view. This process will 

ensure that the estate is optimally used to meet unmet need and address health inequalities. 

The following section provides a summary of some of the key estate infrastructure owned or 

leased by the PCT. It has been updated using the information mainly from the 

aforementioned Investment Asset Management Strategy (NHS Bradford and Airedale, 2010) 

and Bradford and Airedale Community Infrastructure Plan (Cyrill Sweett, 2010). 


Westbourne Green Community Health Care Centre (LIFT development) 

This 5,500m² facility opened in March 2006 and serves as a hub facility for the Manningham 

district of the city. This centre includes accommodation for: 

• 3 GP Practices, 

• 16-bed community hospital providing 24 hour intermediate care 

• A specialist outreach training facility (Leeds Dental Institute) 

• Integrated Health Visitor and dental weaning and varnishing programme 

• District Nursing Community Support Team 

• A range of specialist GPsWI -led (GPs with special interests) outreach clinics 

• Speech and Language Therapy 

• Podiatry 

• Dietetics 

• Minor Surgery 

• Counselling 

• Independent Pharmacy. 

This facility is underutilised with a vacant wing sitting empty. This empty space largely 

consists of teaching space including a library and video-linked clinical space to allow remote 

observation. The GP practices that relocated to the scheme did not grow their list size or 

expand into teaching practices as anticipated, leaving dedicated GP clinical space 

underutilised. This facility is a base for the community nursing teams. 

Manningham Clinic (PCT freehold) 

This NHS-owned facility was extended in 2007 providing a permanent facility for a GP 

Practice. It also includes a community nursing team and a bookable shared consulting 

facility available to a range of primary care and community provider services. Services were 

transferred from this facility to the Westbourne Green Community Heath Care Centre but this 

base helps to serve the south Manningham community in what is a highly deprived 

population. This facility is a U-shaped facility with space to develop. The facility is 

approximately 500m2 over two floors with patient space on the grown floor and office space 

137

on the first floor. There is no lift and the clinic has outgrown its building, leading to a 

portacabin being located on the site. 

This facility is well-located to meet the needs of the population and houses a very popular 

baby clinic. This building lends itself to a strategic service focus for Children’s Services as 

high infant mortality needs to be addressed. 

Whetley Medical Centre (3rd party development, PCT hold the head-lease) 

This facility opened in 2008 and houses four GP practices that offer a range of extended 

services including minor surgery. The majority of space is occupied and this facility is well 

located in an area of high deprivation. It is easily accessible on a main road leading out of 

Bradford. 

Carlton Medical Centre 

The Carlton Medical Centre is accommodated in a converted domestic dwelling that 

presents significant access problems for people with disabilities. The tPCT are committed to 

relocating this practice to more suitable premises but identifying a suitable site has been 

problematic. A consultation on a potential site was completed in January 2009 but it was 

concluded that an alternative site should be found. 

Bradford East 

Thornbury Medical Centre (LIFT development) 

The Thornbury Medical Centre opened to the public in October 2007 and was developed to 

replace the Laisterdyke Clinic, a 1960’s single-storey dilapidated building. The new 916m² 

facility is located within the Morrison’s Supermarket site and houses: 

• A four practitioner GP practice 

• District nurses 

• Health visitors 

• Bookable facilities for use by the PBC alliance and community clinics 

Undercliffe Health Care Centre (LIFT development) 

Undercliffe Health Care Centre opened in January 2008, providing new accommodation for 

two GP Practices: Peel Park Surgery and Valley View Surgery. This 2110m² also houses 

district nurses, health visitors, midwives, primary care mental health services, podiatrists, 

speech and language therapists, hospital dieticians and a pharmacy. 

Hillside Bridge Healthcare Centre (LIFT development) 

Hillside Bridge Health Care Centre is located near Bradford City Centre and serves as the 

hub of the Barkerend Locality Care Provision working in tandem with Undercliffe Health Care 

Centre. This 2,539m² facility accommodates two GP Practices – Primrose Surgery and 

Pollard Park Surgery, an independent pharmacy and flexible consulting room space to 

support the following services: 

138

• SALT 

• Podiatry 

• Dietetics 

• Physiotherapy 

• Family Planning 

• Drug & Alcohol Services 

• Social Services (provided by BMDC) 

The PCT has recently enhanced service provision at this facility through: 

• creating a new GP practice which includes patients currently registered with the 

former Pollard Park Surgery 

• extending the opening hours for patients registered at the health centre to between 

8am-8pm 

• offering an all year round walk in service available to anyone living or working in the 

Bradford and Airedale district, irrespective of whether they are registered at the 

practice 

South Bradford 

Low Moor Medical Centre (LIFT development) 

This facility in Royds opened in December 2005 as the first of the Bradford & Airedale LIFT 

developments. This facility provides accommodation for the Low Moor GP practice, a Health 

Visitor team, a District Nursing Team and includes a pharmacy. This facility is at capacity 

and there may be a need for it to be expanded in the future. 

Royds Healthy Living Centre 

Royds Healthy Living Centre was built in 1999 in the Buttershaw estate and was funded as 

part of the Royds Community Association regeneration programme. It offers residents a 

large range of health care services, including access to a GP, dentist, chiropodist, speech 

therapy, health visitors, district nurses, counselling, welfare benefits and debt advice. There 

is also a community hall, where training is delivered and crèche facilities available when the 

surgery is open. Royds Healthy Living Centre was one of the first and largest facilities of its 

kind, and is in line with the Government’s one stop approach to healthcare. The facility is 

very well used and is no longer sufficient to meet the needs of the population. 

Queensbury Health Centre 

This served as the PCT’s headquarters (south and west) until February 2006 when they 

relocated to Douglas Mill, a more central location in Bradford. A third of this building is 

occupied by a branch of the Wibsey Medical Practice and the Practice’s health visiting team. 

The GP practice is keen to relocate their branch to new accommodation. 

139

Holmewood Health Centre 

This centre has previously been identified in the SSDP as a potential future LIFT scheme. 

The building has been refurbished to retain it in an acceptable condition and comply with 

DDA requirements. BMDC are located in premises close to this health centre and the 

feasibility of a joint development is a potential opportunity if the need arises in the future. 

Keighley 

Haworth Medical Practice (LIFT development) 

This facility opened in July 2006 providing accommodation for: 

• Haworth GP Practice (8 practitioner GP surgery) 

• Health visitors & District Nursing team 

• Pharmacy 

• Home Care Team 

• GP training 

• women’s health and midwifery 

• physiotherapy 

• child health clinics 

• family planning 

The building also includes 3-4 flats that are leased from the PCT and provide expansion 

potential in the future. 

Keighley Health Centre campus 

The Holycroft Surgery, a 7 GP Practice and the adjoining Health Centre currently provide a 

range of primary care services to the local population. These two premises can no longer 

accommodate further expansion and modular temporary buildings have been erected as a 

short-term solution to address this demand. 

Coronation Hospital 

The Coronation Hospital was built in 1904 at Springs Lane and is located next to the Spring 

Lane Medical Centre, half a mile from Ilkley town centre. It was formerly owned by NHS 

Airedale but transferred to the PCT in 2003. Airedale NHS Trust provide the health services 

at this facility which include outpatient clinics, occupational therapy, physiotherapy, x-ray 

facilities and a day hospital for the elderly. The building is no longer considered to be fit-forpurpose 

against modern day clinical standards. 

Addingham Medical Centre (GP-led third party developer) 

The new Addingham Medical Centre became operational in August 2009 providing 

accommodation for up to four GPs and other health professionals, minor surgery, 

physiotherapy and space for a built-in pharmacy. Addingham is a small rural village in the 

most northerly part of Airedale. This facility was built as a GP-led third party development 

with the PCT leasing space. 

140

Millennium Park PCT offices 

This provides office accommodation for PCT office staff. This would be a high priority for 

disposal as the lease has expired and would present a quick win opportunity for 

rationalisation. The PCT are reviewing options for relocating the staff to other existing 

premises. 

Shipley 

Canalside Healthcare Centre (LIFT development) 

This two-storey facility replaces three existing Bingley GP practices, the dilapidated Bingley 

Hospital and the existing Bingley Health Centre. The facility opened in February 2010 and 

provides 3,313m² of space for general practice services and a comprehensive range of 

services including those that are typically provided in a hospital setting. These include: 

• district nurses 

• health visitors 

• mental health teams 

• physiotherapy 

• orthotics 

• sexual health and contraception advice 

• podiatry 

• minor surgery 

• phlebotomy 

• a range of consultantled clinics including ophthalmology and audiology 

• self-care facilities 

An onsite pharmacist, a community café and health education/training facilities are also part 

of this scheme. 

Shipley Hospital 

This hospital is housed in a large converted 19th century house that is no longer fit-for 

purpose for modern-day clinical care, contravening a number of building regulations. X-ray 

and a range of therapy services are located on the ground floor with an 8-bed community 

hospital on the first floor. This is a popular facility as four local GP practices use it as an 

adjunct to their existing practices. There is a high risk that the facility will be disposed of and 

the services decommissioned. 

4.1.3 Future Development Plans 

This section provides a brief summary of proposed schemes that are at varying levels of 

development. Some are fairly well progressed with the details of the scheme being worked 

through whereas others have previously been identified as potential for future developments 

but with no firm plans in place. Many relate to GP practice refurbishments that could be 

procured as third party developments. 

141

At the time of writing the CIP, conditions surveys were ongoing as part of the CIAMS 

process. Where possible, the findings were incorporated into the CIP. 


Ashwell Medical Centre 

This four GP practice in Toller ward is keen to extend the building to enable the service 

offering to expand, accommodate community nurses and provide education and training 

facilities. 

Carlton Medical Centre 

The Carlton Medical Centre is accommodated in a converted domestic dwelling that 

presents significant access problems for people with disabilities. The tPCT is committed to 

relocating this practice to more suitable premises but identifying a suitable site has been 

problematic. A consultation on a potential site was completed in January 2009 but it was 

concluded that an alternative site should be found. 

University of Bradford Medical Centre 

This GP practice is currently located on Laisteridge Lane. A part of the campus 

redevelopment the practice would like to move into a new facility on the university’s central 

campus. The University is developing its campus incorporating health and well being of its 

staff and students as a core objective of its Estates Strategy 2010 – 2014. 

Haworth Road Health Centre 

Located to the north west of the city centre in Heaton ward, the proposed scheme would 

involve replacing the existing Haworth Road Health Centre as the main surgery for one GP 

practice and branch surgery provision for another. Bradford MDC is currently undertaking a 

master-planning exercise that assesses service provision requirements in the area. A 

preferred site for the new health centre has been identified but the completed Master Plan 

report may have an impact and help to identify opportunities for other services to be located 

into this scheme. There is potential for a public library to be collocated with this development 

that would offer exciting opportunities to develop innovative service models. The council is 

also looking at the option to co-locate the library services with the rebuilding of the Belle Vue 

Girls and Boys Schools as part of the BSF programme. 

Kensington Street Health Centre (City ward) 

Half of this facility was refurbished and extended by the former City PCT and there is a now 

a need to complete similar works to the other half of the facility. There is some spare land on 

the site providing potential for a small colocation. 

Thornton Medical Centre and Thornton Community Centre 

Thornton Medical Centre is a purpose built building constructed in 1982. The Medical Centre 

is now outdated and is in need of upgrading. Thornton Community Centre is adjacent to the 

Medical Centre and was constructed in the 1960s. The Community Centre is owned by 

142

Bradford Council and is subdivided into three parts providing accommodation for community 

health services, a library and a community hall. The NHS occupy the Community Centre 

under the terms of an agreement by letter dated in 1978 whereby the then health body had 

use of one-third of the building in return for accepting an annual charge for one-third of the 

running costs. The Community Centre is considered unsuitable for the provision of health 

services and is occupied under the terms of an unsatisfactory property agreement. The 

proposal under consideration is to redevelop the medical and community centres in one 

scheme. The health component of this development would be in the region of 800m 2 . 

The proposed high level service contents in this premises include- Primary Care Service, 

Community Nursing, Podiatry, Library and Community Centre. 

Bradford East 

Barkerend Health Centre 

This is a purpose-built 1970’s single storey health centre that is owned by the PCT. It houses 

four GP practices and a wide range of community health services. The Health Centre is very 

cramped, outdated and in need of repair and a solution has not yet been found. Avicenna 

Medical Practice is one of the practices within this Health Centre and is actively looking for a 

new location for their practice. 

Farrow Medical Centre 

This GP practice is at capacity and is unable to provide the range of services required by the 

population. It also lacks any training or educational facilities. The practice has been granted 

approval by the PCT to rebuild the practice following purchase of the next door land. 

Moorside Surgery 

This GP practice in Bolton & Undercliffe is getting rebuilt by a third party developer and is a 

well developed scheme with limited opportunities for other parties to be involved. 


Lidget Green 

The area currently has no local GP provision. It is an underserved community, partly 

because of the nature of the topography and poor public transport links. The PCT is currently 

working on a proposal to develop a branch surgery in a church but other options could be 

considered. 

Parklands Medical Centre 

This development would replace the existing Parklands Medical Practice on Buttershaw 

Lane and would likely include provision for GPs, community nurses, a community pharmacy 

and provide access to diabetes, smoking cessation and midwifery services. An appropriate 

site has been acquired by BACP, and the scheme is well developed. The intention is to 

progress to financial close jointly with another scheme allowing costly advisor fees to be 

shared. This is currently delaying the scheme. 

143

Royds Healthy Living Centre 

The existing facility has been identified as being in need of redevelopment. Bradford & 

Airedale Care Partnerships have identified a suitable site and are currently in discussions 

with the tPCT to progress the development of this scheme. 

Queensbury Health Centre 

This served as the PCT’s headquarters (south and west) until February 2006 when they 

relocated to Douglas Mill, a more central location in Bradford. The current site is in need of 

redeveloping and refurbishing as it is cramped and difficult to access with limited parking. 

Re-provision is therefore considered to be the only viable option. The proposed development 

would be in the region of 760m 2 . 

Bradford Working Women’s Service – 8 to 10 Legrams Lane, Bradford 

The service currently operates from leased premises at 103B City Road, Bradford. The 

premises are in extremely poor condition, are functionally unsuitable and fail to comply with 

statutory requirements. There is little scope for improving the quality, suitability and 

performance of 103b City Road to an acceptable standard. The current premises are posted 

on the Corporate Risk Register as high risk. 

Heads of Terms have been agreed on two adjacent business units at 8 to 10 Legrams Lane, 

Fieldhead Business Park, Bradford. The proposed lease will be for a term of five-years with 

an option to determine after three years. Fit out works are planned to start in April 2010 and 

the premises will be operational in June 2010. 

This development will enable the disposal of 103B City Road when the lease term ends in 

February 2011 with the associated benefit of reducing backlog maintenance liabilities. 

Keighley 

Keighley Health & Well-being Centre 

The vision is to create a health and wellbeing centre to replace the existing Holycroft Surgery 

and Keighley Health Centre. The vision is to create a multifunctional facility, with in-built 

flexibility to accommodate the changing needs of people using the services. Services that 

promote healthy living as well as those that address ill health will feature and therefore social 

care services will be a vital integral part of the development. It could also seek to include 

support groups, the voluntary sector and education. 

The development of this Health and Well-being Centre is a priority for the Council and the 

authority has set aside £1m capital investment for the project. Work is under progress to 

develop a full business case for the project. 

Coronation Community Hospital 

The tPCT plans to replace and rebuild the ageing Coronation Hospital in Ilkley. A two-storey 

purpose-built facility is envisaged, which is currently undergoing consultation. The services 

planned that best meet the needs of the local population include long-term condition 

144

management, specialist consultant outreach clinics, diagnostics, rehabilitation and therapy 

services. 

Silsden Health Centre 

This is a GP-led third party development that is currently under construction. This will serve 

as a replacement for the existing health centre and replace the current GP surgery, housing 

9 GPs, district nurses, health visitors, chiropody and possible enhanced services. 

North Street Surgery, Keighley 

It is proposed to re-provide premises for the main site and branch surgery for this newly 

PCTMS practice in Keighley. Depending on the preferred location this could be linked with 

the new Keighley Health Centre and could be a one or two site solution. This practice 

provides a vital service in the most deprived part of Keighley and needs space for more 

integrated working with eg midwives, health visitors and community mental health workers. 

Shipley 

Newton Way Medical Centre 

Built in 1974 and extended twice in 1982 and 1998 Newton Way Medical Centre is 

overcrowded and functionally unsuitable. This scheme has been in the planning stages for a 

number of years and a good deal of progress has been made in recent months towards the 

purchase of the land the GPs need to develop their new premises. Funding for this project 

was approved by the former North Bradford PCT and a space allowance of 800-805 sq m. 

was agreed. 

4.2 Bradford Teaching Hospitals NHS Foundation Trust 

Bradford Teaching Hospitals NHS Foundation Trust became one of the first Foundation 

Trusts in April 2004. A year earlier it achieved its status as a teaching hospital, training new 

doctors in partnership with the Universities of Bradford and Leeds. 

The Trust is responsible for providing acute hospital care services for the people of Bradford 

and neighbouring communities. It has around 1,200 beds serving a community of over a 

million people, has an annual budget of £230 million and employs over 5,000 staff. It 

generally serves the population south of Bingley. The hospital also takes tertiary referrals 

from a wider area for complex conditions such as cochlear implants, cancers and some 

surgery. The Trust has also developed a good reputation in research and the Bradford 

Institute for Health Research is attracting increased funding. 

4.2.1 Current Services Provision 

Services are mainly provided from two hospital sites within Bradford city centre: the Bradford 

Royal Infirmary and St Luke’s Hospital. The Trust also provides a number of services 

delivered by a range of health professionals in various community settings. 

The Bradford Royal Infirmary provides a full range of acute services, including an A&E 

department and the majority of inpatient services. 

145

St Luke’s Hospital provides outpatient and rehabilitation services but no emergency 

services. There are two inpatient wards that are primarily for medical patients and can serve 

to alleviate pressures at BRI when it is at capacity. 


Bradford Teaching Hospitals NHS Foundation Trust runs its services from two buildings, the 

Bradford Royal Infirmary (BRI) and St Luke’s Hospital. 

Bradford Royal Infirmary has 971 beds and is also home to one of the busiest A&E 

departments in the country, with more than 100,000 attendances each year. BRI’s maternity 

unit is also one of the NHS’s busiest, delivering more than 5,000 babies every year 

The BRI was built in the 1930’s but has greatly expanded its space in the last 20 years 

through the addition of a number of units. Many of the wards are in the outdated Nightingale 

design with a limited number of single bedrooms. In 2008/09 the Trust completed a number 

of developmental capital projects, representing an investment of £22million in improved 

facilities for patients and students. At the BRI this included two new wards providing 56 beds 

for care of the elderly (adding 5 new beds in total to the hospital’s complement). The new 

Sovereign Lecture Theatre opened in March 2009 enhancing the teaching and conference 

facilities on site. The stand-alone Listening for Life Centre also recently opened, providing 

the infrastructure for the specialist centre for cochlear implants. 

The infirmary is affiliated with Leeds School of Medicine. 

St Luke’s Hospital has 119 beds and houses the renal dialysis unit. It is located in Little 

Horton and is mainly centred around the recently built Horton Wing. This wing is heavily 

utilised and the older buildings have been converted for use as office and training space. 

Some of the older estate has been demolished. Office space is provided across both 

hospital sites but is limited on the BRI site with some staff housed in portacabins. 

The hospital operates a radio station ‘Saint Luke's Sound’ which serves its patients and staff. 


The refurbishment of the hospital was considered a top priority for both members and 

patients when consulted about the corporate strategy. Most members felt that better facilities 

such as the shops, café and newsagent provision would increase patient satisfaction along 

with the refurbishment of some of the wards and departments. Plans are in place to refurbish 

the Nightingale wards on the BRI site, and providing a greater range of amenities such as 

catering. 

The capital development plans identified in the annual plan predict £12.7m of planned 

expenditure to undertake the following works: 

• Refurbishment of a number of wards 

• Maternity theatres and neonatal ICU development to provide more capacity for these 

services, minimising transfers to Leeds 

• Additional critical care beds for general and head and neck patients 

146

• Completion of a new expanded Occupational Health centre for staff and local 

businesses. This forms part of the Field House development which has been 

rebranded as a Health & Wellbeing service to attract greater income from other 

organisations that require this service. 

• Refurbishment of Field House Courtyard to provide conference education facilities 

and additional teaching space 

• New clinical skills areas will be adjacent to the Field House development and will 

involve creating mock wards for teaching purposes 

• Continuing investment in replacement medical equipment including the replacement 

of an MRI scanner. A second CT scanner is also required along with a revamp of 

ultrasound 

• Completion of more efficient energy generation schemes to reduce carbon emissions 

and make more efficient use of heating 

• Ongoing replacement of services infrastructure 

• Relocation of paediatric ward to the main body of the campus 

BTHFT has the potential to better utilise the space around its A&E department and there are 

a number of possibilities that are being considered. The possibility of providing an Urgent 

Care Centre bolted on to the BRI A&E department was considered but although BTHFT is 

committed to working alongside NHS Bradford and Airedale in seeking solutions to 

emergency admissions, there are no longer any current plans to do this. The other options 

include providing additional critical care beds or providing an observation area that would 

allow people admitted under the influence of alcohol to stabilise in an appropriate setting. 

The drive to move outpatient services into a community setting will potentially relinquish 

space on both sites providing opportunity to shut elements of either site. As the BRI site has 

insufficient acute space it is envisaged that the function of the space would be adapted to 

meet this demand. There is scope to sell off non-listed elements of the St Luke’s site for 

alternative developments. 

4.3 Airedale NHS Trust 

Airedale NHS Trust is responsible for the operation of Airedale Hospital which serves a 

population of over 200,000 people from a widespread area covering 500 square miles within 

Yorkshire and Lancashire - stretching as far as the Yorkshire Dales and the National Park in 

North Yorkshire, reaching areas of North Bradford and Guiseley in West Yorkshire and 

extending into Colne and Pendle in the East of Lancashire. 

The Trust employs 2,100 staff and in a year typically treats 25,000 inpatients, 22,000 day 

cases and 104,000 outpatient appointments. The Accident and Emergency Department sees 

and treats over 47,000 patients every year. 

There are three PCT’s commissioning services from this Trust with NHS Bradford and 

Airedale being the primary one. 60% of their business comes rom the Bradford and Airedale 

district, 30% from North Yorkshire and the remaining 10% from Lancashire. 

147

Airedale NHS Trust is a popular hospital and its rural location means there is a greater 

community focus and is perceived by patients as a personal and caring environment. The 

Trust is on track towards achieving Foundation status in April 2010. 


Airedale Hospital opened in 1970 and provides general acute and elective health care. It is 

located in Steeton, Keighley, close to the North Yorkshire border. Most specialist services 

that are provided on a sub-regional basis are typically located at the city based hospitals 

such as the BRI and Leeds Hospitals. The Trust also provides services at the following sites 

within the Bradford and Airedale region which are owned and run by the Primary Care Trust: 

• Bingley Hospital 

• Coronation Hospital, Ilkley 

• Keighley Health Centre 

At Bingley Hospital the Trust predominantly provides rehabilitation services such as 

physiotherapy, occupational therapy and a small range of outreach clinics. There are no 

diagnostics other than phlebotomy. 

At the Coronation Hospital services are focused around care for the elderly, providing 

multiple appointments in a single visit. A range of diagnostic services are provided on this 

site including x-ray. 


The majority of the buildings on the Trust estate are over 35 years old and the demands 

being placed upon them, far exceed the expectations when it was esigned. Airedale NHS 

Trust’s Estates Strategy: Building a Firm Foundation, 2009-2014 details the Development 

Control Plan for the site. As part of this work a comprehensive estates appraisal was 

undertaken which identified the main estates issue to be the scale of the backlog 

maintenance required to: 

• Improve the site engineering infrastructure. 

• Comply with building standards, e.g. health, safety, fire. 

• Generally improve the internal condition of buildings. 

There is spare capacity within the current estate which means new build options are not a 

high priority. Two wards are empty with one used for storage and the other mothballed. 

Within the Day Hospital there is also empty space. 

Bradford District Care Trust has a new build hospital located on the Airedale Hospital site 

which provides inpatient mental health services. 

148


The refurbishment and redesign of the paediatric department has recently been completed 

providing much improved facilities for children. Work is now progressing to reconfigure the 

A&E department to enable expansion by 2012. 

The Trust is working with the PCT to help minimise avoidable admissions and there is scope 

for a Clinical Decision Unit to be established at the front-end of A&E to appropriately triage 

patients to A&E or a primary care specialist. 

A ward upgrade programme is underway to improve the general environment and functional 

suitability of each ward and to introduce more single bed accommodation and thus improve 

the privacy and dignity of patients. This will also enable greater potential for segregation to 

prevent infectious diseases from spreading. Creating an integrated Cardiology unit from two 

existing wards is another key element of this works programme. 

Reconfiguration of office accommodation is another key element of the estate’s strategy and 

this involves three phases: 

• A feasibility study to investigate the potential of using the existing Day Hospital 

block for office accommodation 

• Relocation of the Day Hospital to part of Ward 4 and clinics into the Outpatients 

department 

• Relocation of some office accommodation from old residential blocks into the Day 

Hospital. 

This reconfiguration will enable clinical care to be consolidated within the core of the hospital 

while support services are located around the edge. Once all of the old residential 

accommodation has been emptied, the spare land on the site will create possible 

development opportunities either for other healthcare partners or to support other health 

village style initiatives. In the future a solution will need to be found for the vacated old 

residential blocks that sit at the top of the site. Options include mothballing, selling the site 

for commercial development or there may be the need to develop new office accommodation 

for approximately 100 staff in its place. 

There are a variety of other capital development projects that have been identified to rectify 

many of the more important aspects of backlog maintenance. These include: 

• Kitchen upgrade project 

• Outpatient / therapies improvements 

• Helipad extension 

• Extension of staff changing accommodation 

• Backlog maintenance works 

149

4.4 Bradford District Care Trust 

Bradford District Care Trust provides mental health and learning disability services to 

Bradford and Airedale, and mental health services only to the Craven population. The 

services are provided for all age groups and encompass day-care, inpatient care and 

community services. The Care Trust was established in 2002 and is expected to receive 

Foundation Trust status by March 2010. The Care Trust employs over 2,500 staff. 

NHS Bradford and Airedale commissions services from the Trust, as do NHS North 

Yorkshire and York and Bradford Metropolitan District Council. The Trust also works closely 

with charitable and voluntary sector organisations across the District who fulfil a growing role 

in the delivery of services to the Trust’s service users. 

The Trust’s catchment area includes all of Bradford & Airedale but spans further north east 

into Lancashire. 


The Care Trust provides services across six care groups: 

Adult Mental Health- this care group provides a comprehensive range of services to 

support individuals’ specific mental health needs from a variety of settings including 24 hour 

staffed inpatient wards from two main hospital sites, residential homes, supported care 

homes or coordinated by staff working in community mental health teams. 

Older People's Mental Health Services- addresses the specific needs of people over the 

age of 65 with mental health problems. It provides care within hospital and day services 

alongside visiting service users in their homes. 

Learning Disabilities- this service is for people with learning disabilities once their formal 

education ends. The Care Trust provides residential, integrated health and social care 

support with finding employment and housing, and liaison with non-statutory organisations. 

Child & Adolescent Mental Health Services- works with children and young people from 

the pre-school years up to school leaving age. Services include a range of specialist advice, 

support and treatment with outpatient and group sessions in the community. 

Substance Misuse Service-supports people who have problems related to misuse of drugs, 

alcohol and other substances. Assessment, care planning and treatment are delivered in a 

variety of ways, including the support of people within inpatient and community detoxification 

settings. 

Forensic- this service offers care and treatment to people who have committed a criminal 

offence, or may be at risk of doing so, and whose needs cannot be met within a general 

psychiatric service. 

150


The Trust’s headquarters are located in New Mill, a converted Victorian Mill in Saltaire, 

Shipley. This facility has training and meeting room space available for use by the Trust and 

its partners. 

The two main hospital facilities for the Trust’s services include the Airedale Centre for Mental 

Health located on the Airedale General Hospital site in Steeton, Keighley, and the Lynfield 

Mount Hospital in Bradford. 

The Airedale Centre is a purpose-built facility that opened in 2007 and provides a range of 

mental health services including acute psychiatric care. Lynfield Mount Hospital, including 

Daisy Hill House, provides a range of mental health services including acute psychiatric and 

low secure forensic services. Some accommodation within the site is being reorganised to 

align with changing inpatient services demand arising from continued strengthening of 

related community services. 

Other facilities utilised by the Trust include: 

Source: Bradford and Airedale Community Infrastructure Plan (2010) 

151


The Trust is keen to rationalise its estate, disposing of assets which are no longer required 

and reorganising services to make better use of retained premises. 

A summary of the key proposals include: 

Leeds Road Hospital – this is surplus to requirements and is being disposed of when 

market conditions allow. An affordable housing development is an option for redevelopment 

but if this does not happen, the site could have other possible alternative uses subject to 

market demand. It is estimated that the proposal will be implemented commencing 2010-11, 

subject to the Leeds Road Hospital rationalisation/sale timetable. 

Moor Lane Centre – Moor Lane Centre is now closed and the site will be disposed of once 

market conditions allow. 

Daisy Bank Hospital – features within the Trust’s Estate Rationalisation Plan, although 

rationalisation will be subject to relocation of remaining care and corporate services on the 

site. 

Lynfield Mount Hospital – service development plans are currently being reviewed. 

The CAMHS service is currently developing its estate requirements for the medium and 

long-term. Some occasional use of facilities may be required within the Keighley LIFT facility 

being developed by the PCT. 

4.5 Public Health and Prevention 

The role of the City of Bradford Metropolitan District Councils Emergency Management 

Team (based in City Hall, Bradford) is to coordinate the Council's response to emergencies 

and disasters that affect the district or incident/events that have potential of possible 

disruption within the district. 

The majority of emergencies/disasters that Emergency Management Team plans for and 

responds to present a serious threat to one or more of the following: 

• Human Welfare 

• The Environment 

• Security of the district 

Examples of natural emergencies/disasters: 

• Flooding events 

• Severe Weather disruptions 

• Disease 

152

Examples of man-made emergencies/disasters: 

• Chemical incidents 

• Transport incidents 

• Terrorism 

In the past the Emergency Management Team has responded to a number of emergencies 

that have affected the District. These include: 

• Severe weather 

• Flooding 

• Large fires 

• Acetylene cylinder fires 

• Suspect package incidents 

Many of these incidents have involved evacuation of the public from the immediate areas 

affected, required road closures and diversions to be put in place, the closure of some 

schools as well as other environmental impacts. 

Overview of the Emergency Management Team’s role: 

With the introduction of the Civil Contingencies Act 2004, the Council has a statutory duty 

placed upon it to carry out civil contingency planning. 

In order to comply with this duty and to ensure an effective response is delivered to lessen 

the impact or disruption on the district and the community of Bradford the Emergency 

Management Team: 

- Carry out district wide risk/hazard assessments and ensure planning meets the 

needs of the district 

- Prepare emergency plans which need to be generic and flexible to deal with a 

variety of situations as well as specific plans for known risks/hazards. These plans 

are prepared in consultation with emergency services, health service, voluntary 

organisations, utilities and other partner organisations 

- Ensure Business/Service Continuity Management processes are in place to 

maintain a reasonable level of service for the district no matter what disruptions are 

faced, therefore creating a more resilient district. In addition to provide advice to 

businesses and organisations in the district on matters relating to business 

continuity management 

- Test and exercise the emergency plans. This includes in-house as well as joint 

multi agency training and exercising 

- Provide the public with information and advice before and during the incident. In 

addition, the emergency management team provide support for incidents that affect 

a large community in such a way that the recovery process runs into months or 

possibly years. Such information may cover the following: 

153

• Current emergency management policies, emergency plans or 

summary of the plans 

• What to do in an emergency (general and specific advice) 

• What the Council's role is during an emergency 

• Links to other organisations that can provide specialist advice 

This kind of information assists the council in helping the community affected to help 

themselves and provides a degree of preparedness within the district. 

Emergency Plans: The Council's Emergencies Handbook accommodates the following plans 

produced by the Emergency Management Team. 

Generic Plan: Major Peacetime Disaster Scheme also known as MPDS: The aim of this plan 

is to activate services and resources rather than responding to a specific incident; therefore 

it is very flexible and gives the council the opportunity to either activate in part for smaller 

incidents or whole if the incident becomes declared as a major disaster. 

Specific Plans: These plans are prepared for known risks/hazards, historical evidence 

suggesting the need for a plan and for resources that require special mobilisation and time to 

setup. 

• Control Of Major Accident Hazards – COMAH Plan 

• Emergency Helpline Plan 

• Fatal/Serious Injury Incident Plan 

• Landfill Gas Emergency Procedures 

• Mortuary Plan 

• Rabies Contingency Plan 

• Radioactive Hazards 

• Rest Centres 

• Flood Plan 

• Severe Weather Plan 

• Tunnels Plan 

• Utilities Plan 

All these plans could be accessed from the council website below: 

http://www.bradford.gov.uk/public_order_justice_and_rights/emergencies/emergency_mana 

gement_team/emergency_response_arrangements/era_plan.htm 

There are other arrangement and procedures in place some produced locally and others at a 

West Yorkshire level. 

‘Who does what in emergencies: Multi Agency Emergency Procedures for West Yorkshire’ 

(May 2007) prepared by the West Yorkshire Emergency Planning Officers Forum can be 

found by clicking on the link below:- 

154

http://www.bradford.gov.uk/NR/rdonlyres/6DC7F4C4-ED59-482A-9079- 

AD1C6848F508/0/WhoDoesWhatInEmergencies05_07.pdf 

5.0 Gypsies and travellers accommodation 

The distribution of the Gypsy and Traveller population across West Yorkshire is relatively 

uneven with heavier concentrations in the larger authorities of Bradford, Leeds and 

Wakefield. This pattern is mirrored in terms of the incidences of unauthorised Encampments 

Bradford, Leeds and Wakefield currently provide a total of 126 pitches on their local authority 

sites. There are a further 17 pitches on private authorised sites in the sub-region 

concentrated in Bradford and Kirklees. 

Table: Council Gypsy and Traveller sites at October 2007 

Source: West Yorkshire Gypsy and Traveller Accommodation Assessment (2008) 

These sites are large by national standards and occupancy rates are relatively high across 

all sites. There has been no change in the number of pitches over the past 5 years at any of 

the sites. All these sites are currently managed by a site manager or warden employed by 

the local authority, however the post at Mary Street in Bradford is presently vacant. The 

previous site warden at Mary Street was a site resident but resigned in 2005 and has not 

been replaced. The intention is to find a replacement from the same source if possible. 

Table: Facilities and Living Quality of Council Gypsy and Traveller Sites 

Site facilities 

Facilities in amenity units 

- Amenity units for each pitch; 

- Site office; 

- Animal grazing (Esholt Lane only). 

- Bath and shower; 

- WC with access from lobby; 

- Space/provision for cooking and laundry; 

- Space for eating/ sitting; 

- Effective heating in bathroom. 

155

Quality of surroundings 

/environment 

Location and access to 

schools/shops 

- Very good (Esholt Lane) 

- Very poor (Mary Street) 

- Very good (Mary Street) 

- Good (Esholt Lane) 

Site condition and maintenance - Very good (both sites) 

Any known disputes etc over 

last year? 

- Disputes between residents (Esholt Lane) 

- Vandalism (Mary Street). 


Amenity provision on the sites appears to be good, but there are environmental and access 

issues at Mary Street. 

There are also 5 authorised private sites identified in Bradford. 

Table: Authorised Private Sites in Bradford 

Site Pitches/caravans Planning Status 

Raglan Terrace 1 pitch Approved 

Square Street 1 pitch Approved 

Mill Car Hill Road 2 pitches Application submitted 

Westgate Hill Street 2 pitches Approved 

Westgate Hill Street 1 pitch Approved 


Generally, these are very small encampments, usually only consisting of one or two 

caravans or trailers and in every case just one family/household. However, the WYGATAA 

Study has highlighted that given the sheer geographical scale of the sub-region and the 

infrequency of the caravan count it is possible that there are more 'hidden' private sites 

within West Yorkshire including Bradford. 

Incidents of unauthorised development of Gypsy and Travellers sites are not as common as 

they are in the wider region or in the national context. However, the above study has 

identified six cases of possible unauthorised development in West Yorkshire, 3 of them 

being within Bradford. Moreover, there have been 53 incidents of unauthorised 

encampments were recorded in 2006 with an average duration of staying of 10.1 days. The 

majority of encampments on LA land are resolved by negotiation. Only four encampments 

out of 25 involved a court order. 

There are also two sites within the district that accommodates 17 plots for the travelling 

showpeople. 

- Paley Road (1.97 hectares- 15 households) in Bowling, Bradford West 

Constituency. The site is owned by the BMDC and rented to the Guild-also used 

as parking space for vehicles. 

- Gain Lane (2 households) 

156

Future needs 

An Accommodation Study was produced in May last year by CRESR (commissioned by the 

West Yorkshire Housing Partnership) which assessed the future needs of G&T sites across 

the WY region. It has identified a need for 80 additional pitches in Bradford in the period to 

2026 but there is a shortfall now which needs pressing action. The study revealed that the 

majority of the new accommodation will need to be social provision. Although there are 

Government grants currently available for sites, so far most of the grant take up regionally 

has been for refurbishment of existing sites. 

Table: Summary of estimated G&T site need in Bradford 

Need for 2008-12 

19 standard pitches + 

6 transit pitches 

Gypsy’s & 

Travellers 


(based on family growth) 

Total Requirement 2008-15 

6 standard pitches 

31 pitches 

Additional requirement 2016-26 31 pitches 

Total Requirement 2008-26 62 pitches 

Need for 2008-12 6 pitches 

Travelling 


(based on family growth) 

2 pitches 

Showpeople Total Requirement 2008-15 8 pitches 

Additional requirement 2016-26 10 pitches 

Total Requirement 2008-26 18 pitches 


Council’s Housing Strategy reflects the requirements for future pitches but there is no action 

plan in place as to how the needs will be met. Moreover, it is possible that the existing Mary 

Street site may be needed for a new Waste Management facility – therefore a consequent 

replacement for the site would be additional to the pitches needed specified above. 

The sorts of areas suitable for gypsy and traveller sites will be addressed in the LDF Core 

Strategy and in particular allocations DPDs. 

6.0 Community Services 

Post offices 

Post Office Ltd is a wholly owned subsidiary of Royal Mail Group. With a nationwide 

network of Post Office branches across the country the Post Office network is the UK’s 

biggest retailer. 

Post Office branches were established originally for the acceptance of mail, but their use 

expanded to include the payment of pensions and other financial transactions. Post Office 

Ltd. now offers more than 170 different products and services, including telephony, financial 

services, bill payment, banking and travel related products. Post Office Ltd is the largest 

157

provider of foreign currency in the UK and the leading independent provider of travel 

insurance. 

Post Office services are provided online and by phone in addition to face to face. There are 

lots of different types of outlets in the network including Crown Office branches in city 

centres, outlets run by subpostmasters that combine a shop with the Post Office branch, as 

well as Outreaches Services including mobile Post Offices, and services that visit village 

halls or churches. 

Post Office Ltd serves over 22 million customers a week who make 34 million visits and 

approximately 63 million transactions. Approximately 93% of the UK adult population visit a 

Post Office branch each year. 

The plan below shows that Post Office sub offices are evenly dispersed throughout Bradford 

District. There is potentially the need to provide more local area services to ……. (find out 

whether there is the need to provide more local area service to parts of the district). 

The Government has recognised that fewer people are using Post Office branches, partly 

because traditional service, including benefit payments are now available in other ways, 

such as online or directly through banks. It has concluded that the overall size and shape of 

the Post Office network of branches needs to change. 

Post Office Ltd has now in place a Network Change Programme to implement measures 

proposed by the Government. The programme will involve the compulsory compensated 

closure of up to 2,500 Post Office branches (out of a Network of 14,000 branches) with the 

introduction of about 500 service points known as Outreaches to mitigate the impact of the 

proposed closures. 

Bradford District is covered by two Post Office Network Change Programme Area Plan 

Proposals:- 

• Area Plan Proposal for West Yorkshire 

• Area Plan Proposal for North Yorkshire with Yorkshire East and Keighley Area 

Each of the above Area Plan Proposals has been subject to public consultation during 

2007/2008 to ensure that the views of the local people are taken into account before any 

final decisions are made by Post Office Ltd. 

Post Office Ltd. has confirmed that the following 16 Post Office branches within the Bradford 

District are to close:- 

• Ashbourne Estate, Bolton Road, Bradford 

• Bradford Road, Stocksbridge, Keighley 

• Chellow Dene, 1-3 Pearson Lane, Bradford 

• City Road, Bradford 

158

• Duckworth Lane, Bradford 

• East Morton, 7-9 Main Road, East Morton, Keighley 

• East Bierley, 59-60 Southview Road, Bradford 

• Highfield, 21 Belgrave Road, Keighley 

• Leaventhorpe (Temporaily closed), 1009 Thornton Road, Bradford 

• Leeds Road, 812 Leeds Road, Bradford 

• Leeds Road, 24 Dean Street, Ilkley 

• Manningham, 14-18 Green Lane, Bradford 

• St Pauls Road, 51 Bradford Road, Shipley 

• Undercliffe, 10 Harrogate Road, Bradford 

• Wibsey, 96 High Street, Bradford 

• Woodhall Avenue, Bradford 

Post Office Ltd has considered the relative convenience of alternative branches for those 

customers whose closest branch will close. Of the 10.2% of customers who use a branch 

that has closed, 10% do have access to Post Office services within one mile as measured by 

road distance (3% being within half a mile of their nearest alternative). According to Post 

Office Ltd, in total 99.8% of the population will either see no change, or will be within one 

mile of an alternative branch. 

The plan shows that the remaining 64 sub post offices are evenly dispersed throughout the 

District and that Post Office Ltd are confident that the remaining post office branches 

conform to the national accessibility criteria set by the Government. 

See link to the Network Change Programme here 

http://www.postoffice.co.uk/portal/po/content1?catId=57600693&mediaId=57600697 

Libraries 

Bradford Council manages 31 libraries across Bradford District. These are listed below:- 

Addingham Library 

Allerton Library 

Baildon Library 

Bingley Library 

Burley Library 

Central Library 

Clayton Library 

Denholme Library 

East Bowling Library 

Eccleshill Library 

Girlington Library 

Great Horton Library 

Haworth Road Library 

Heaton Library 

Holme Wood Library 

Idle Library 

159

Ilkley Library 

Keighley Library 

Laisterdyke Library 

Manningham Library 

Menston Library 

Queensbury Library 

Shipley Library 

Silsden Library 

St. Augustine's Library 

Thornbury Library 

Thornton Library 

Wibsey Library 

Wilsden Library 

Wrose Library 

Wyke Library 

ADD GIS PLAN SHOWING THE LOCATION OF THE LIBRARIES 

There are also 3 mobile libraries that travel to different locations around the District. The 

Libraries provide a range of services including loaning of books, DVDs, CDs and audio 

books, 24/7 web access to the library catalogue and other information resources. All libraries 

offer free internet access, free requests for in stock items, storytimes and activities for 

children and families. Many libraries also offer reading groups and informal learning 

opportunities. Larger libraries also have meeting rooms, photocopying facilities, local and 

family history material and business information. 

The size of library members and the number of annual and average weekly visits, as shown 

in the following table, indicate that existing libraries in Bradford are well used by the 

communities across the district. 

Table: Library usage in Bradford District 

Library Name Annual Visit numbers Average visits per week Library Members 

Addingham 3335 64.1 543 

Allerton 19730 379.4 2046 

Baildon 65919 1267.7 4201 

Bingley 99253 1908.7 8861 

Burley 35340 679.6 2397 

Central 294421 5661.9 51043 

Clayton 22199 426.9 2271 

Denholme 4751 91.4 539 

East Bowling 11461 220.4 1054 

Eccleshill 116892 2247.9 12689 

Girlington 21318 410.0 2070 

Great Horton 34883 670.8 3870 

Haworth Road 15829 304.4 1470 

Heaton 3023 58.1 207 

Holme Wood 28266 543.6 2854 

Idle 10225 196.6 567 

Ilkley 131396 2526.8 11796 

Keighley 271603 5223.1 25412 

160

Laisterdyke 59692 1147.9 6297 

Manningham (estimate) 120000 2307.7 8361 

Menston 29291 563.3 2194 

Queensbury 9787 188.2 1179 

Shipley 309791 5957.5 24052 

Silsden 14659 281.9 2043 

St. Augustine's 7776 149.5 894 

Thornbury 21157 406.9 1784 

Thornton 12480 240.0 1113 

Wibsey 34154 656.8 5677 

Wilsden 4450 85.6 251 

Wrose 5554 106.8 546 

Wyke 47924 921.6 4216 

Mobile Library Service 

(incl Home 

delivery/delivery vans) 

29829 573.6 1957 

TOTAL 1896388 36469.0 194454 

Source: Bradford Libraries, Department of Culture, Tourism and sport, CBMDC. 

The role of the library within the community is changing resulting in libraries working in 

partnership with other community services and sharing resources and accommodation 

whenever possible. 

The recent review of library services 21 in the District recommends further development of 

partnership working and commissioning of services, working closely with local communities 

to ensure local libraries meet local needs and moving towards a more flexible operation able 

to delivery library services in a variety of settings. 

Community centres 

Community centres in Bradford offer facilities for a wide range of events including parties, 

corporate and social events, meetings, conferences and sporting activities. These centres 

play an important part in contributing towards community vibrancy. MAP shows the location 

of all of the Community Centres in Bradford. 

ADD MAP SHOWING THE LOCATION OF COMMUNITY CENTRES 

There are 96 Community Centres across the Bradford Sitrict according to the data held by 

DIVA – the voluntary organisations database for Bradford District. 

• Activity and Recreation Centre (ARC) 

• All Saints Landmark Centre 

• Anand Milan Centre 

• Baildon Community Link 

• Bangladeshi Community Association - 

Bradford (BCAB) 

• Bangladeshi Community Association - 

• Kirkgate Community Centre 

• Kirkland Community Centre 

• Laisterdyke Trinity Community Centre 

• Light of The World Community Centre 

(LOTWCC) 

• Long Lee Village Hall 

• Manningham Mills Community 

21 ERS (2010) Bradford MDC: Library Service Review. Report submitted to the Council Executive on 

30 March 2010. 

161

Keighley (BCA) 

• Bedale Centre 

• Bierley Community Centre 

• Bolton Villas HUB Project (The HUB) 

• Bolton Woods Community Centre 

• Bracken Bank and District Community 

Association 

• Bradford Moor Community Centre 

• Bradford Moor Youth Sports 

Association 

• Braithwaite and Guardhouse 

Community Association 

• Braithwaite People's Association 

(BPA) 

• Buttershaw Christian Family Centre 

(BCFC) 

• Cafe West 

• Canterbury Youth and Community 

Centre 

• Checkpoint / Bradford West Indian 

Community Centre Association 

• Claremont Community Trust 

• Clayton Village Hall Community 

Centre 

• Community Association of Great 

Horton 

• Communityworks 

• Communityworks in Buttershaw and 

Cooperville 

• Cottingley Cornerstone 

• Crosley Wood Tenants Action Group 

• Cullingworth Village Hall 

• Delius Arts and Cultural Centre 

• Eccleshill Youth And Community 

Association Ltd 

• Edward's Rainbow Family Community 

Centre 

• Equity Partnership - Bradford LGB 

Strategic Partnership 

• Fagley Youth and Community Centre 

• Friends of The Gateway 

• Frizinghall Community Centre 

• Frontline Initiative 

• Girlington Community Association 

(GCA) 

• Grange Interlink Community Centre 

• Greenwood Youth and Community 

Association 

• Gulberg Community Resource Centre 

• Hainworth Wood Community Centre 

• Haworth Community Centre 

• Heaton St Barnabas Village Hall 

Association (MMCA) 

• Marshfield Community Association 

(MCA) 

• Millan Centre 

• Newton Street Day Centre 

• North Community Centre 

• North East Windhill Community 

Association (NEWCA) 

• Pakistan Community Neighbourhood 

Association 

• Pan African Arts and Cultural Group 

(PAACG) 

• Park Lane Community Association Ltd 

• Parkside Community Centre 

• Parkwood Risers 

• Polish Community Centre - Friday 

Group 

• Princeville Community Association 

• Queensbury Community Centre 

• Queensbury Community Programme 

(QCP) 

• Ravenscliffe Community Association 

(RCA) 

• Ravenscliffe Youth Centre 

• Rockwell Centre 

• Royds Community Association (RCA) 

• Ryecroft Community Centre 

• Sangat Community Association 

(Sangat Centre) 

• Scholemoor Community Association 

• Shree Krishna Community Centre 

• South Square Centre 

• Springfield Youth And Community 

Centre 

• St Christopher's Youth Project 

• St John's Centre 

• St Mary's New Horizons Care in the 

Community (New Horizons) 

• St Oswald's West End Centre 

• Sutton Community Association (SCA) 

• The Diamond Community Cafe (DCC) 

• The Khidmat Centre 

• The Source 

• The Vine Trust 

• Thornbury Centre 

• Victor Road Community Project 

• Wilsden Village Hall 

• Woodside Action Group (WAG) 

• Wrose Community Centre 

• Wyke Christian Fellowship (WCF) 

• Wyke Community And Children's 

Centre Ltd 

162

• Highfield Community Centre 

• Holmewood Activity Centre 

• Hopes Centre (HCCC) 

• Idle Baptist Church and Community 

Centre 

• Karmand Community Centre 

• Keighley Association Women's and 

Children's Centre (KAWACC) 

• Wyke Manor Community Centre 

• YMCA - City of Bradford 

The Council is currently undertaking a review of community centres in the District. Once the 

findings of this review are available, the information will be used to update and inform this 

Plan. 

Youth Services 

Bradford Councils Youth Services provide information and support on young people’s health, 

their rights, education, training, housing, jobs, leisure, volunteering and more. Youth 

Services offer new experiences for thousands of young people from across the District who 

wish to take part in our live music events, outdoor challenges, international exchanges, song 

writing, drama, photography, film-making, Bradford & Keighley Youth Parliament, 

environmental projects, cultural events and more. Youth Services also create opportunities 

for young people to learn informally and achieve recognition by gaining accreditation and 

awards. 

Bradford Youth Service has projects, Youth Cafes and centres at Bradford North, Bradford 

South, Bradford West, Shipley and Keighley. ADD GIS MAP SHOWING CHILDRENS 

YOUTH FACILITIES 

Keighley (Craven, Ilkley, Keighley, Worth Valley) 

Parkwood Centre for young people 

Parkwood Street 

Keighley 

BD21 1QH 

Bradford North (Bolton and Undercliffe, Bowling & Barkerend, Bradford Moor, Eccleshill, 

Idle & Thackley, Manningham) 

Laisterdyke Youth & Community Centre 

Manse Street 

Leeds Road 


BD3 8PR 

Shipley (Baildon, Bingley, Shipley, Wharfedale, Wrose and Windhill) 

Highcroft Youth Centre 

Snowden Road 

Wrose 

163

Shipley 

BD18 JD 

Bradford South (Great Horton, Queensbury, Royds, Tong, Wibsey, Wyke) 

West Bowling Youth Centre 

Parkside Road 

West Bowling 


BD5 8EH 

Bradford West (City, Clayton & Fairweather Green, Heaton, Thornton and Allerton, Toller) 

Toller Youth Café 

2, Duckworth Lane 


BD9 5EP 

Free internet access, information, advice and services on anything that affects young people 

are available at: 

The Information Shop for Young People, 12, Broadway, Bradford. 

Tel: 01274 432431 / 2 

www.bradford.gov.uk/infoshop 

The Keighley Connexions Centre, 79 Low Street, Keighley Town Centre. 

Tel: 01535 618100 

www.bradford.gov.uk/kcc 

Social services/over 50s/support 

In line with national trends, Bradford has an aging population, with a projected increase by 

2025 from 68,600 to 90,800 in the over-65’s. A further demographic analysis has been 

presented in the Adult & Community Services 5-Year Strategy 2007-12 which in turn has 

informed the District’s statutory Joint Strategic Needs Assessment, and the development of 

a joint commissioning strategy for older people (‘joint’ refers principally to joint 

commissioning of health and social care with NHS Bradford & Airedale tPCT). The key 

points, as highlighted by the reports, in respect of delivering services to the elderly 

population of Bradford are that the rate of growth is higher amongst very elderly people than 

the 65+ population (the number of people aged 85 and over is already increasing, and is set 

to increase by 45% in the next 15 years, from 9,200 to 13,400) and there will be increasing 

numbers from ethnic minority groups. There will also be increased numbers of older people 

and carers living with long-term conditions, affecting both physical and mental health; for 

example estimated numbers of people with dementia will increase in the same period from 

5,400 to 7,100 (+31%). 

164

Bradford District older people population projections 

5 year projected growth in Bradford’s older people population 2007-12 

Source: Bradford Adult Services 5-year Strategy 2007-2012 

Bradford Council’s Adult Services is responsible to support older people and other adults in 

the district including those with physical, sensory or learning disabilities, mental health 

problems, drug or alcohol dependence and those with HIV/Aids. 

In Bradford there are 91 care homes alongside 63 care homes with nursing facilities. A 

comprehensive list and details of each of the care homes could be found in Bradford District 

Care Services Directory 2008/09 downloadable from the following link- 

http://www.bradford.gov.uk/health_wellbeing_and_care/adult_care/bradford_care_services_directory.htm 

THE MAP below shows the location of adult social care facilities in Bradford. In terms of 

adult social care facilities, this includes day care centres, resource centres (which offer 

services and activities for adults who have physical or sensory disability, support people who 

wish to gain paid employment, enter voluntary work or take part in further/higher education 

and run courses in Business Administration, Computer Use, Music, Drama and Personal 

Development), and older people’s residential care homes. 

ADD MAP SHOWING ADULT SERVICES FACILITIES (DAY CARE CENTRES, 

RESOURCE CENTRES, OLDER PEOPLE RESIDENTIAL CARE HOMES) 

165

Apart from responding to the challenges of meeting the continued need and demand for care 

and support from the district’s aging population, the adult services have to make a strategic 

move towards providing greater choice and control to service users. The emphasis in social 

care is on support for the individual rather than physical facilities. Care within the community, 

fostering and a national policy emphasis on care within the recipient’s own home are altering 

the traditional notions of residential institutions. Public and private sector partnership is also 

increasingly the main delivery mechanism for social care. 

The following points sets out some of the features that will define future care and support in 

Bradford district: 

• Predominately home-based support, including extra care and supported housing. 

• Increased use of a range of assistive technologies, e.g. telecare. 

• A high level of self-assessment and self-directed care underpinned by information, 

advice, advocacy and brokerage support. 

• An increased emphasis on prevention. 

• An ability to respond to outcomes as defined by users. 

• An ability to respond flexibly to users’ preferences and choices. 

• Promotion of social inclusion. 

• Specialist services, normally delivered jointly with health, where individual needs 

are very complex. 

From financial point of view, the future challenge to the adult service will depend on the 

impact of demographic change leading to increased needs alongside decisions about the 

care models required to meet these needs. At present, the department is unable to meet 

current levels of need with budget pressures of £5m. It is estimated that demographic 

pressures will increase this by an additional £5.4m over the next 5 years. Alongside this 

there are additional service pressures of £8.5m, which lead to a possible budget shortfall in 5 

years of approximately £18.9m. Analysis of spend in the comparator group of authorities 

indicates that the department is currently spending an average £14.75m less on Adult 

Services. 

The significant increase in overall costs is reflected in the Wanless Review 22 , which attempts 

to project the cost of social care for older people up to 2026. Using current service provision 

models, it projects an increase of 139% in the gross cost of provision. Local analysis of the 

demographic impact on older people’s funded care home placements indicates costs could 

increase by £5 - £7.5m over the next 15 years. 

Based on this emerging trend of future needs and aspiration of older people in Bradford and 

the financial challenges being faced by the service, the council recently has carried out an 

assessment of the care and support services it provides in the council owned 11 residential 

care homes and in the 7 extra-care housing schemes commissioned by the council. The 

Council’s eleven residential care homes are currently providing a very wide range of 

22 The Wanless Review ‘Securing good care for older people’ (2006) used a model based on 

estimating the numbers of older people with different levels of functional impairment. See Bradford 

District Adult Services Five Year Strategy 2007-12 for more detail. 

166

services, covering long-stay (permanent) care; short-stays (mainly to provide carer breaks); 

rehabilitation and assessment (intermediate care); and specialist care for people with 

primarily mental health needs. But unfortunately the current assessment has found that all 

these 11 residential care homes are unlikely, in their current condition, to meet future 

expectations for the quality of their environment and accommodation. (This is no reflection 

on the quality of care provided by the staff teams). None of them would meet all the statutory 

registration standards for room size and en-suite facilities if they were opening new or being 

reregistered; they all rely on lower standards applied to existing homes. There fore the 

council is currently working on finalising option for the future of these 11 care homes. The 

options include securing capital investment over the next 5-10 years to ensure that the care 

homes meet standards and expectations for high quality accommodation, focussing on 

specific care provisions, and/or closing all in-house provision over the next 10 years. 

Further information on Adult Services can be found here:- 

http://www.bradford.gov.uk/health_well-being_and_care/adult_care/ 

The Councils Guide to Over 50s can be found by clicking on the link below:- 

http://www.bradford.gov.uk/NR/rdonlyres/B519825C-38A2-4FEB-ADC8- 

6CF134A3B7F5/0/W18685AZGUIDEOVER50SJune08final.pdf 

West Yorkshire Police 

West Yorkshire Police is the Home Office Department Police Force responsible for policing 

West Yorkshire. It is the fourth largest force in England and Wales by number of officers, 

with 5671 officers and 3,600 support staff including Police Community Support Officers. 

The authority has forty-seven neighbourhood Policing teams covering all corners of the force 

area. These teams are inspector led and consist of sergeants, constables and police 

community support officers. A total of 1,647 Police Officers and Police Community Support 

Officers are members of local neighbourhood policing teams and play a valuable role at the 

‘grass roots’ of community policing. All student officers who join West Yorkshire Police start 

their service within a neighbourhood team. 

167

Figure : West Yorkshire Police Force Divisions 

West Yorkshire Police Authority contains 9 councillors, 3 magistrates and 5 independent 

members. The councillors are appointed by the five borough councils in the area - Bradford, 

Calderdale, Kirklees, Leeds and Wakefield. 

Proposals made by the Home Secretary on March 21, 2006 would see the force merge with 

North Yorkshire Police, South Yorkshire Police and Humberside Police to form a strategic 

police force for the entire region. These plans are currently under review and not expected to 

take place in the foreseeable future. 

For operational purposes, West Yorkshire Police is divided into 8 divisions. Bradford District 

is covered by two divisions:- 

Airedale & North Bradford Division comprises a mixture of urban and rural conurbations. 

The divisional headquarters is situated in Keighley and there are sub-stations in Shipley, 

Bingley, Eccleshill and Ilkely. The figure below shows the localities which fall within this 

division. 

168

Figure: Airedale and North Bradford Division 

• Bingley & Worth 

Bingley, Bingley Rural and Worth 

• Eccleshill 

Bolton, Undercliffe, Eccleshill and Idle, Thackley 

• Keighley 

Bogthorn, Exley Head, Fell Lane, Bracken Bank & Ingrow, Braithwaite, Guard House 

and Laycock, East Morton and Riddlesden, Hainworth & Woodhouse, Keighley 

Fields , Keighley Town Centre, Knowle Park, Utley & Beechcliffe and Worth Village 

• North Bradford 

Allerton & Lower Grange, Clayton, Fairweather Green, Frizinghall, Heaton, Sandy 

Lane and Thornton 

• Shipley 

Baildon, Shipley and Windhill, Wrose 

• Wharfedale & Craven 

Addingham, Burley-in-Wharfedale, Ilkley, Menston, Silsden and Steeton-with- 

Eastburn 

169

Bradford South Division covers an area of 4,320 hectares with a population of 120,800 

people and approximately 50,000 dwellings. The Police Stations are located at Nelson Street 

Bradford (Bradford South Divisional HQ) and Lilycroft Road, Manningham. The division 

covers the city centre which includes a number of densely populated residential 

communities. Away from the city centre, the Division polices eight of Bradford’s thirteen large 

housing estates. 

Figure: Bradford South Division 

• NP Area 1 

Bradford City Centre, Bradford University and College and Brown Royd and Horton 

Grange 

• NP Area 2 

Bradford Moor, East Bowling & Tyersal and Wapping, Undercliffe, Barkerend 

• NP Area 3 

Bierley and Euroway Trading Estate, Holmewood, Low Moor, Oakenshaw, Tong and 

Wyke 

• NP Area 4 

Buttershaw, Clayton Heights, Queensbury, Wibsey & Odsal and Woodside 

• NP Area 5 

Great Horton, Lidget Green and Scholemoor, Little Horton and West Bowling 

• NP Area 6 

Daisy Hill and Girlington and Manningham 

170

The current Police provision is monitored on a daily basis across the District and the Police 

Stations operate on a fluid basis. Where by if demand requires Officers from one Station 

area to support another area, they are relocated. 

Within the Airedale and North area the police estate mainly consists of Javelin House at 

Eccleshill and Airedale House in Keighley (headquarters). There are also police stations in 

Ilkley, Shipley and Bingley. 

The Bradford South estate comprises of two relatively new facilities -the divisional 

headquarters at Trafalgar House in the city centre and the four-storey Dudley Hill facility 

which serves as a communication centre. In Toller ward the previous divisional head 

quarters, Law Croft House are still occupied. The main police garage is located at Bolling 

Road in the city centre. 

There is cell provision at Trafalgar House and Airedale House, Keighley and this has 

recently been expanded. 

The police also have a small office at the Lynfield Mount Hospital and Bradford Royal 

Infirmary which serve as a useful base when working at these locations. 

At a district level the overall approach is to rationalise and create efficiencies across the 

police force and deliver services at a more neighbourhood level. The Authority has a need to 

find suitable bases for the Neighbourhood policing teams especially within the Bradford 

South division.The move towards NPTs is seen as the appropriate mechanism to meet the 

demands of future growth. Large-scale housing schemes ((e.g. Shipley-Canal Road 

Corridor, Airedale Corridor, Esholt, Holmewood)) will require engagement with the police 

force to ensure additional policing is delivered. 

British Transport Police 

The role and responsibilities of the British Transport Police is similar to that of the Home 

Department police forces. The British Transport Police provide a police service on any land, 

premises or property of any person who has entered into a Police Service Agreement made 

under the relevant Act of Parliament. These premises etc. are mostly, but not entirely, 

Network Rail and Train Operating Companies. 

British Transport Police is a national police force which is divided into 8 Areas. The Area 

which covers West Yorkshire is the North East Area. There is a Police Station at Leeds City 

Station and a Police Station at Bradford Interchange Station. 

Fire and Rescue service 

The West Yorkshire Fire and Rescue Authority is an independent body with a legal duty to 

provide a fire and rescue service that meets the needs of local communities. It also has 

responsibilities regarding the enforcement of fire prevention, petroleum and explosives 

legislation. 

171

West Yorkshire Fire and Rescue Service serve a resident population of 2,125,000 and 

provide an emergency response across 202,924 hectares. Their emergency response is 

currently being provided from 34 whole-time fire stations and 14 retained (part-time) fire 

stations, based within the five Districts of the county. 

The service currently employs 1,514 wholetime firefighters, 196 part-time firefighters, 60 

mobilisation and communication staff members and 343 fire and rescue (non-uniformed) 

staff. The organisational management of the service generally aligns to the five district areas 

within West Yorkshire, with Bradford & Airedale being one of these. Although the Authority is 

co-terminus with respect to organisational divisions the catchment areas of fire stations often 

spans across districts. 

Figure: Fire Stations in West Yorkshire 

All 999 calls are received by a central control room at HQ in Birkenshaw, Bradford. 

Appliances can then be mobilised from 49 fire stations. Each front-line fire engine is 

equipped with state-of-the-art rescue equipment -- some are also geared up for heavy 

rescue. There is also a fleet of specialist back-up appliances. 

West Yorkshire firefighters are trained to cope with a whole range of emergencies, not just 

fire. These include: road, rail or air crashes, floods, chemical spills and even terrorist attack. 

As stated above, West Yorkshire Fire and Rescue operate 48 Fire Stations (10 located in 

Bradford District), of which 32 are crewed day and night (wholetime), two are crewed in core 

working hours and the remainder are crewed by retained fire fighters. 

172

Further details on the above fire stations are available by clicking on the link below:- 

http://www.westyorksfire.gov.uk/aboutUs/au_stations.htm 

The service’s other resources are: 

• 63 Pumping / Rescue Appliances 

• 6 aerial appliances 

• 6 Demountable Unit carrying vehicles 

• 15 Demountable Units 

• 1 Command Support Unit 

The table below lists the locations of fire stations that fall within Bradford district: 

Whole time stations Retained 

1. Bradford 1. Howarth 

2. Keighley 2. Ilkley 

3. Bingley 3. Silsden 

4. Shipley 

5. Idle 

6. Fairweather Green 

7. Odsal 

Map: Fire risk areas across West Yorkshire 

Across West Yorkshire and within Bradford, fire risk areas have been defined based around 

catchments of existing fire stations. The low risk areas lie across most of the north-west of 

the district with a stretch of high risk areas around Keighley. The city of Bradford is mostly a 

173

very high risk zone. Areas to the north of the district are classed as medium risk. There is no 

low or very low risk area within Bradford. 

Fire Stations located in Bradford District are supported by neighbouring Fire Stations in 

Craven, Leeds, Calderdale and Kirklees during major incidences and high demand periods. 

The Bradford city centre fire station serves as the headquarters for the Bradford district and 

is a relatively new facility that opened at Leeds Road in 2007. This facility houses some 

administrative functions and has a community room available for use by the public and other 

partners. 

The Authority’s main headquarters is centrally based in Birkenshaw just outside the Bradford 

district border and houses the support functions and the Control Centre. 

Safety Central, a new centre of excellence facility was opened in Bramley, Leeds, (to the 

east of Bradford) in October 2009 to provide conference, demonstration and training facilities 

for the West Yorkshire area. The facilities are available for use by various community and 

partnership agencies and organisations across West Yorkshire to promote safety awareness 

and education. 

The Fire Service states that the current operational capacity of the service is sufficient to 

cater for Bradford District and its potential growth. The service’s district plan which covers 

Bradford and Airedale district drives down its strategic and functional objectives to a local 

level. The areas that are a focus for both preventative and responsive services tend to be 

the densely populated, deprived areas of the district. 

West Yorkshire Fire & Rescue Authority has no major plans for the estate in the District 

apart from the proposal that the second fire engine at Silsden become a back-up 

appliance based at Keighley Fire Station. The draft Integrated Risk Management Action Plan 

(IRMP) 2012-13 also recommends building five new fire stations over a five year period and 

moving appliances at one other fire station in 2012-13. These are the proposed changes by 

the authority to combat the loss of up to £18 million in central government grants over the 

next four years. 

Co-locating fire stations with other services is challenging due to access requirements and 

the scale of space required for manoeuvring and parking fire engines. The service is 

however occasionally able to offer space to other partners, particularly ambulance and police 

when they require an additional base to meet demands. 

The Fire and Rescue Service also states that the scope to design out the risk of fire, with the 

use of modern materials and design standards, helps to reduce the risk of fire and the 

number of incidences the service responds to. To ensure incidences can be dealt with 

promptly, all new buildings (of 280m2 or more) are required to be located within 90m of a fire 

hydrant. The provision of fire hydrants is currently provided by the Fire and Rescue Service. 

174

Ambulance Service 

Yorkshire Ambulance Service NHS Trust (YAS) was formed on 1 July 2006 bringing 

together South Yorkshire Ambulance Service, West Yorkshire Metropolitan Ambulance 

Service and the North and East Yorkshire parts of Tees, East and North Yorkshire 

Ambulance Service. 

YAS covers approximately 6,000 square miles of varied terrain from isolated moors and 

dales to urban areas, coastline to inner cities. The population of the area covered by the 

service is approximately 5 million people. 

The Trust employs approximately 4,200 staff, over 80% of which work on the frontline in 

operational roles. The Trust also has a network of 1,500 community based volunteers who 

are trained to provide immediate life saving treatment at certain emergencies, prior to the 

arrival of an emergency vehicle. 

Sixty-two ambulance stations service the county and accommodate the fleet of over 500 

emergency and 460 patient transport vehicles. There are also nineteen hospital-based 

patient reception centres. 

Within the Bradford and Airedale region, there are three ambulance stations, one in 

Bradford, Keighley and one close to the Leeds border in Menston. Bradford Ambulance 

Station is well positioned but the site and facility is larger than required. It was built in the 

1960s and is now incurring high maintenance costs. Keighley Ambulance Station is 

strategically well placed and of the right size but the Menston station is no longer the ideal 

location to best respond to emergency calls. 

YAS also uses a number of locations as standby points across the county. There are three 

standby points in the Bradford locality. These are locations where ambulances will be 

stationed to ensure there is adequate coverage to achieve an eight-minute response time to 

reach an emergency situation. It will be a fixed location where the ambulance crew wait 

ready to respond to an emergency. These locations are often within shared facilities. After 

the crews report to an ambulance stations to start their shift, they are dispatched to standby 

points and await further instruction by the 999 communication centre. An ambulance crew 

may also be instructed to wait in a number of deployment points within the city, which simply 

consists of a lay-by. 

A total of 24 more stand-by points are planned throughout Yorkshire in 2008/2009 to further 

improve the speed of response to 999 calls. 23 

23 http://www.yas.nhs.uk/Media/PressReleases/2008/standsbytogettopatie.html 

175

Figure: YAS standby points in Bradford 


There is also a standby point in Yeadon, within the district of Leeds which also deploys 

ambulances to emergencies in the northern area of East Bradford. The map below shows 

the areas of the city that are covered by these standby points. 

Figure: Ambulance deployment points 


176

Outside of the densely populated city area, the ambulance station in Keighley deploys 

response teams to emergencies within the Keighley vicinity and Menston would serve the 

Ilkley area. 

There is a Paramedic and Police scheme in place in Yorkshire, where four rapid response 

vehicles are staffed by a paramedic and police officer. They work late night weekend and 

bank holiday shifts and attend incidents such as drunkenness or domestic violence, where 

both services are needed. There is also an Air Support Unit that operates out of Leeds 

Bradford International Airport. This unit operates one aircraft, but further aircrafts could be 

made available through the Northern Air Ambulance Support Group if required. 

The current stations and the network of standby points provide a sufficient level of resource 

for the District. If any incidence requires additional assistance, the Bradford stations are 

supplemented by stations within Leeds, Craven, Calderdale and Kirklees. If demand 

increased permanently, Bradford would seek to commission additional resources to meet 

this demand through the Lead Commissioning arrangements. 

The following map shows the area each ambulance station in Yorkshire covers within the 

national eight minute response time target. It shows the majority of the District is covered for 

a response time of 8 minutes by either a Bradford District or neighbouring Ambulance 

Station. 

Figure: Ambulance Stations in Yorkshire 

177

There are two 999 communication centres operated by YAS. These centres, located in York 

and Wakefield, has received approximately 725,349 urgent and emergency calls during 

2010/11, and responded to a total of approximately 638,033 incidents. 

The overall performance of the YAS in dealing with accident and emergency incidents is 

however below the national average and does not meet the nationally set performance 

targets. The Healthcare Commission continues to monitor YAS and envisages that 

significant progress would be made in near future towards achieving the standards with 

which YAS were not compliant in the previous years. 

Training for YAS staff takes place at one of the Trust’s training schools in York, Doncaster 

and Wakefield. Although these facilities have been outgrown, the Trust is reluctant to reprovide 

these facilities as the training strategy is expected to change in around five years 

time with it becoming a university-based qualification. 

Cemeteries and crematoria 

There are 67 sites classified under this typology cemeteries, churchyards and burial grounds 

equating to 109 hectares of provision in Bradford. 

Bradford Council provides cemeteries at:- 

• Bingley 

• Bowling 

• Charlestown 

• Clayton 

• God’s Acre (Burley-in-Wharfedale) 

• Haworth 

• Ilkley 

• Menston 

• Morton 

• Nab Wood 

• North Bierley 

• Oakworth 

Crematoria facilities are also provided at:- 

• Scholemoor 

• Nab Wood 

• Oakworth 

• Oxenhope 

• Queensbury 

• Scholemoor 

• Silsden 

• Stanbury 

• Steeton 

• Thornton 

• Tong 

• Utley 

• Wilsden 

• Windhill 

178

Figure: Cemeteries and crematoria facilities in Bradford 

PENDLE 

Source: Bradford District Open Space Assessment (2006) 

Bradford District Open Space Assessment Catchment mapping, based on all current 

provision, shows that there are only a small number of gaps across the settlements of 

Bradford in terms of cemeteries, churchyards and disused burial grounds. These are in the 

Shipley and Keighley analysis areas, especially in Keighley. However, it is not considered 

appropriate to consider covering these catchment gaps through extra provision of this 

typology because of its nature. 

The existing capacity within each of these cemeteries is detailed below. There is an average 

in excess of 50 years supply available across the District, although this capacity is not evenly 

distributed. It should be noted that Nab Wood cemetery will be at capacity by the summer of 

2010 and this cemetery cannot be expanded leading to the residents of Shipley needing to 

use alternative cemeteries. This will then in turn cause pressure points at these other 

cemeteries reducing grave space more rapidly. Pressure will also be generated by the public 

who may well be uncomfortable with the requirement to use cemeteries outside their 

immediate locality. Consideration should be given to finding a new site in the Shipley area. 

Table: Existing Capacity of District’s Cemeteries 

Location 

CRAVEN 

KEIGHLEY 

KEIGHLEY 

Oxenhope 

Oxenhope 

CALDERDALE 


Steeton 

Haworth Haworth Haworth 

Haworth 

Silsden 

Silsden 

Addingham 

Addingham 

Keighley 


Cullingworth 

Cullingworth 

Denholme 

Denholme 

Harden 

Harden 

Queensbury 

Queensbury 

Wilsden 

Wilsden 

Approx No of burials in 

new graves per year 

KIRKLEES 

HARROGATE 

Current estimate 

when full 

Potential for 

expansion 

Bradford Area 

Scholemoor 83 2019 YES 

Council for Mosques 266 2013 YES 

Queensbury 9 2061 + NO 

Clayton 1 2061 + YES 

North Bierley 50 2061 + NO 

Bowling 80 2048 YES 

Bingley 

Bingley 

Ilkley 

Ilkley 

SHIPLEY 

SHIPLEY 

Shipley 

Shipley 

BRADFORD BRADFORD WEST WEST 

WEST 

Baildon 

Baildon 


ord 


edale 

Menston 

Menston 


NORTH 


SOUTH 

LEEDS 

179

Thornton 9 2061 + Possible 

TOTAL 498 

Shipley Area 

Nab Wood 52 2010 NO 

Bingley 12 2050 YES 

Charlestown 12 2061 + NO 

Wilsden 3 2061 + Possible 

Menston 3 2061 + YES 

TOTAL 82 

Keighley Area 

Utley 35 2033 Yes 

Oakworth 12 2034 Yes 

Ilkley 20 2061 + No 

Morton 16 2024 No 

Hawworth 5 2061 + No 

Stanbury 3 2061 + Possible 

Steeton 3 2061 + No 

Silsden (New) 5 2011 Yes 

Oxenhope 5 2061 + Possible 

TOTAL 104 

Courts 

Bradford Magistrates Court is located at The Tyrls, Bradford (Court number 2978). The 

Magistrates Court is working as part of the Governments Community Justice Programme 

and covers Criminal, Civil, Youth Court and Family Work. 

There are proposals to relocated the Magistrates Court next to the Law Courts at Exchange 

Square as part of the Bradford City Centre Regeneration proposals. 

Bradford Law Courts (Combined Court Centre) is located at Exchange Square, Drake Street, 

Bradford (Court number 141 , County Court number 141). The Law Courts covers Criminal, 

Civil, Youth Court and Family Work, Divorce and Bankruptcy. 

Prisons 

There are no current prison facilities within the District, or any specific proposals or sites 

identified for new prison development in Bradford District at present. 

However, the National Offender Management Service (NOMS) which incorporates HM 

Prison Service have requested that the LDF include a criteria based policy to deal with a firm 

prison proposal should it arise during the Plan period. The demand for such facilities will be 

discussed with NOMS and used to update and inform this Plan. 

180

The nearest prison facility is HM Prison Leeds, located in West Leeds at 2 Gloucester 

Terrace, Stannngley Road, Armley, Leeds. 

HMP Leeds is a category B local prison. It accepts all adult male prisoners from West 

Yorkshire. It has an operational capacity of 1004 as of 1st January 2008 

HM Prision Leeds has a total 551 cells spread across six residential units, a segregation unit 

and in-patients Healthcare Facility. 

ADD DETAILS OF HMP REQUIREMENTS FOR WEST YORKSHIRE 

Hostels 

There is an YHA Youth Hostel located at Longlands Drive, Lees Lane, Haworth, Keighley, 

BD22 8RT. 

There are 8 other hostels located in the district as follows:- 

• The Blenheim Project 14, Oak Lane, Bradford, BD9 4PX 

• Langley House Trust Box Tree Cottage, 110, Allerton Rd, Bradford, BD8 0AQ 

• Wesley Housing Project Wesley Place, Halifax Rd, Keighley, BD21 5BB 

• Bradford Cyrenians Ltd 255, Manningham Lane, Bradford, BD8 7EP 

• Horton Housing Association 14, Oak Mount, Bradford, BD8 7BE 

• Assisi House Project Assisi House, 847, Leeds Rd, Bradford, BD3 8BU 

• Gingerbread Housing Project 56, Boldshay St, Bradford, BD3 0AJ 

• Vicar Lane Hostel 65, Vicar Lane, Little Germany, Bradford, BD1 5AH 

Places of worship 

There are XX Places of Worship in Bradford District. The plan shows the current location of 

Buddhist, Christian, Hindu, Jewish, Sikh and Muslim places of worship within the District. 

Once information on the level of use and other community services the places of worship 

provide is available, it will be used to update and inform this Plan. 

LIST THEM OR MAP THEM FROM THE LINK BELOW. BREAK THEM DOWN INTO 

CHRISTIAN, MUSLIM, JEWISH, SIKH, HINDU, BUDDIST, OTHER 

BD POST CODE 

http://www.yell.com/ucs/UcsSearchAction.do;jsessionid=6512E362751A06976EE1421FCBF 

5C3BC?keywords=Places+of+Worship&companyName=&location=bd&scrambleSeed=3958 

0979&searchType=advance&M=&lastKeyword=Places+of+Worship&lastClarifyIndex=&lastC 

larifyOptions=&lastSearchall=&lastSearchallTax=&lastbandedclarifyResults=&bandedclarify 

Results=&ssm=0 

LS29 POST CODE 

http://www.yell.com/ucs/UcsSearchAction.do?keywords=Places+of+Worship&companyNam 

e=&location=LS29&scrambleSeed=17907614&searchType=advance&M=&lastKeyword=Pla 

181

ces+of+Worship&lastClarifyIndex=&lastClarifyOptions=&lastSearchall=&lastSearchallTax=&l 

astbandedclarifyResults=&bandedclarifyResults=&ssm=0 

7.0 Culture and Leisure 

Museums/galleries 

Bradford District is home to some of the most exciting museums and galleries in Yorkshire. 

From the Baroque splendour of Cartwright Hall Art Gallery to the intimacy of Ilkley's Manor 

House Museum and Art Gallery, there is always something new to do or see, and admission 

is free. 

Specialist museums like Bradford Industrial Museum and Keighley's Cliffe Castle Museum 

bring our District's history and heritage to life through ever-changing displays; while 

interactive exhibits and family events at the Brackenhall Countryside centre help young 

people learn to enjoy and respect the countryside. 

The Councils Education team run regular workshops and special events with schools and 

other groups, and will be delighted to help you make the most of your visit. 

Many of the museums, galleries and community halls have rooms for hire for meetings and 

special events - some are even licensed for marriages. 

There are 8 museums and galleries managed by the Council within Bradford District:- 

1. Bradford 1 Gallery 

2. Cartwright Hall 

3. Bradford Industrial Museum 

4. Cliffe Castle 

5. Manor House 

6. Bolling Hall 

7. Bracken Hall 

8. Community Halls 

• Bingley Arts Centre Main Street, Bingley, BD16 2LZ 

• Denholme Mechanics Institute Main Road, Denholme, Bradford, BD13 4BL 

• Harden Memorial Hall Wilsden Road, Harden, Bingley, BD16 1JP 

• Holden Hall Colne Road, Oakworth, Keighley, BD22 7PB 

• Ian Clough Hall Hall Cliffe, Baildon, BD17 6ND 

• Kings Hall & Winter Garden Station Road, Ilkley, LS29 8HE 

• Kirklands Community Centre 119 Main Street, Menston, Ilkley, LS29 6HT 

• Queens Hall Main Street, Burley-In-Wharfedale, Ilkley, LS29 7BT 

• Silsden Town Hall Kirkgate, Silsden, Keighley, BD20 0AJ 

Bradford is also home to the National Media Museum as well as the following privately run 

museums and galleries- 

182

Figure: Location of Attractions in and around Bradford 

Name and Location Type of attraction 

• Saltaire Brewery & Visitor Centre, Saltaire Museum & Gallery 

• Salts Mill Gallery, Saltaire Museum & Gallery 

• Brontë Parsonage Museum, Haworth Museum & Gallery 

• Keighley Bus Museum, Keighley Museum & Gallery 

• Impressions Gallery, Bradford Museum & Gallery 

• Gallery II, Bradford Museum & Gallery 

• Colour Museum, Bradford Museum & Gallery 

• Peace Museum, Bradford Museum & Gallery 

• Museum of Reed Organs and Harmoniums, Shipley Museum & Gallery 

• Ilkley Toy Museum, Ilkely Museum & Gallery 

• Brontë Weaving Shed, Haworth Museum & Gallery 

• East Riddlesden Hall, Keighley Historic House 

• White Wells Spa Cottage, Ilkely Historic House 

Source: Bradford Destination Strategy, 2008 

Theatres 

Bradford District is home to 4 theatres all located in Bradford City Centre close to public 

transport interchanges and the road network. The first three of the list below are run by the 

Council:- 

1. St Georges Concert Hall 

2. The Alhambra Theatre 

3. The Alhambra Studio 

4. The Priestley 

183

ADD MAP SHOWING LOCATION OF THE THEATRES 

Cinemas 

In terms of cinemas, the district contains - 

• 16 screen Cineworld at Leisure Lxchange, Vicar Lane, Bradford 

• 13 screen Odeon at Gallacher Leisure Park, Thornbury, Bradford 

• IMAX at The National Media Museum, Bradford 

• 2 screen cinema at The Picture House, North Street, Keighley 

The National Media Museum also houses two more cinemas, the Pictureville and Cubby 

Broccoli, which regularly screens the best contemporary and classic films, and frequently 

welcome guests from the cinema industry to talk about their work. 

Ten Pin Bowling alleys, Casinos/Bingo Halls 

10-pin bowling facilities in the District comprise Hollywood Bowl at Vicar Lane, Bradford (28 

lanes), AMF Bowling at Keighley (20 lanes) and Go-Bowling at Shipley Lanes (12 lanes). In 

addition to small and informal bingo clubs, large format bingo halls in the District include 

Buckingham Bingo, Bradford Interchange; Mecca Bingo, Little Horton, Bradford; Gala Bingo, 

Tong Street; Oxford Bingo, Dudley Hill Road, Bradford; and Gala Bingo, Alice Lane, 

Keighley. 

Sports and recreation facilities 

The current community strategy of the district is economy-led but it realises that sustainable 

regeneration must go hand-in-hand with environmental improvements and real progress on 

other issues such as education, sports, health, citizenship and community safety. The 

council has recently commissioned a comprehensive and independent review of district wide 

Sports and Recreation Facilities 24 with an aim to produce a plan to establish strategies and 

policies to protect, enhance and provide facilities in response to shortfalls or over provision, 

both now and up to 2018. The report has identified the existing provision of sports and 

recreation facilities across the district and highlighted the key issues faced by this sector. 

In terms of existing provision the District contains a wide array of gyms, swimming pools and 

health clubs, both in private membership and publicly run facilities. The followings are the 

council-run Sports Centres and Swimming Pools in the Bradford District: 

• Baildon Recreation Centre, Green Lane, Baildon, BD17 5JH 

• Bingley Pool, Myrtle Place, Bingley, BD16 2LF 

• Bowling Pool, Flockton Road, Bradford, BD4 7RY 

• Doe Park Water Activities Centre, Foster Park View, Denholme, BD13 4LN 

24 BMDC (2008). Sports and Recreation Facilities Assessment. Draft Report dated February 2008. 

Strategic Leisure Limited. 

184

• Eccleshill Pool, Harrogate Road, Bradford, BD10 0QE 

• Grange Sports Centre, Haycliffe Lane,Bradford, BD5 9ET 

• Greenhead Track, Greenhead Road, Utley, BD20 6ED 

• Horsfall Stadium, Cemetery Road, Bradford, BD6 1JQ 

• Ilkley Pool & Lido, Denton Road, Ilkley, LS29 0BZ 

• The Leisure Centre, Victoria Park, Keighley, BD21 3JN 

• Manningham Sports Centre & Pool, Carlisle Road, Bradford, BD8 8BA 

• Marley Activities & Coaching Centre, Aireworth Road, Keighley, BD21 4DB 

• Nab Wood Sports Centre, Cottingley New Road, Bingley, BD16 1TZ 

• Queensbury Pool, Station Road, Queensbury, BD13 1AB 

• Rhodesway Pool, Oaks Lane, Bradford, BD15 7RU 

• Richard Dunn Sports Centre, Rooley Avenue, Bradford, BD6 1EZ 

• Shipley Pool, Alexandra Road, Shipley, BD18 3ER 

• Thornton Recreation Centre, Leaventhorpe Lane, Bradford, BD13 3BH 

• Tong Sports Centre & Pool, Westgate Hill, Bradford, BD4 6NR 

Apart from the above swimming pools and sports centres there are also a number of other 

local facilities spread throughout the district. Some of the health and fitness centres 

frequently visited by the residents are listed below- 

• Fitness First (Westgate, Bradford / Horton Park Avenue, Bradford / Worth Way, 

Keighley / Victoria Road, Eccleshill) 

• Nuffield Health and Fitness, Cottingley New Road, Bingley 

• Esporta, Gallagher Leisure Park, Thornbury 

• Greens Health and Fitness, Fred Atkinson Way, Baildon 

• Workouts, Oakworth Road, Keighley 

• Bradford University Gym, Bradford 

• Kents Leisure Centre, Undercliffe Road, Bradford 

• Hi-Energy Dance, Health& Fitness Studio, Russell Street, Keighley 

• Streamline Fitness, Park View Mills, Bradford 

• Planet Fitness, Buttershaw Mills, Bradford 

• Heaton Tennis & Squash Club, Crofton Road, Bradford 

• We are not a Gym, Unit E1, Enterprise Way, Bradford 

• Fitness Fusion, The Grove Promenade, Ilkley 

• Bingley Grammar School Sports Centre, Keighley Road, Bingley 

Although these facilities are generally widespread across the district, there appears to be 

insufficient quality, fit for purpose facilities to meet the identified demand and provide 

opportunities to increase and improve participation in sport and physical activity. There is 

also an under provision of some fit for purpose facilities, particularly 25m pools across the 

district which is exacerbated when the issue of accessibility is taken into account. A number 

of facilities are located on school sites which provide for school use only and the policy for 

community access is limited. 

185

Table: Analysis of Supply and Demand of Sports and recreation Facilities in Bradford 

Provision Type 

Current Level of 

Provision – m2 

2008 Population 

SFC Demand – m2 

Swimming Pools 

All ‘Accessible’ Water Space 4,858.17 - 384.94 

All Pools 25m + 3,699.55* -1,543.56 

‘Accessible’ 25m + 2,898.3 5,234.11 - 2,344.81 

All Pools 15m+ 5,388.84* + 145.73 

‘Accessible’ Pools 15m+ 4,041.52 

Sports Halls 

Surplus/ Deficiency 

(+/-) against current 

demand 

-1,201.59 

All Courts (4+)** 

‘Accessible’ (4+)** 

120 courts 

78 courts 

145 

- 25 courts 

- 67 courts 

Health and Fitness 

Recommended Existing Actual Existing Accessible 

Surplus/ Deficiency in 

Provision - 

Health and Fitness Provision in Bradford Provision 

Accessible 

Provision (20+ 

Provision 

stations) 20+ 40+ 20+ 40+ 20+ 40+ 

Stations Stations Stations Stations Stations Stations 

1246 stations 1880 1664 831 732 -415 -514 

* Ilkley Lido is excluded from ‘accessible’ provision given that it is seasonal provision 

**The analysis of supply and demand is based on 4 badminton court halls being the minimum acceptable ‘unit’ of 

provision. 

Source: Bradford District Sports and Recreation Facilities Assessment, 2008 

The Sports and Recreation Assessment report highlighted that swimming pool provision in 

particular has suffered a lack of long term investment, with the exception of recent upgrades 

to major facilities at Shipley Pool, Eccleshill Pool and Bowling Pool (as a key disability 

facility), and since long-term management of many smaller pools are not financially 

sustainable there is a need to develop a network of fewer, better quality facilities to meet 

community needs. This will also increase the range of participative opportunities across the 

community for individuals, clubs, schools’ use, etc, which is constrained in the smaller pools. 

Sports Hall Provision is generally well provided for in quantitative terms, but there are issues 

with accessibility. There is a slight deficiency to meet future demand for provision. This could 

be met by the increased number of halls to be provided through BSF, providing that these 

are available for community use and that the community hours identified in the BSF 

framework for the district are implemented and managed appropriately to maximise 

community accessibility. 

Health and Fitness provision is also well provided for but there is a deficiency of ‘accessible’ 

provision overall. However, certain facilities such as the newly opened Bradford College’s 

Trinity Green campus has made some differences in the community by making the facilities 

accessible for them and particularly to target groups who may not currently use commercial 

provision. The facilities include a 1,000 square metres sports hall, sports and fitness 

laboratories, a fitness testing suite, two basketball courts, an aerobics and dance studio with 

fully-sprung wooden floor and full size football pitch available to the community. 

186

Bradford University recently has also spent almost £5m on improving the university’s Unique 

Lifestyle and Fitness Centre which now will provide personalised health and wellbeing to the 

wider community alongside the university staff and students. The centre, located on the 

edge of the campus off Great Horton Road, is one of the largest and most up-to-date health 

and fitness centres in the district. It features a new climbing wall, a 92-station gym, new 

changing rooms and a swimming pool, as well as the latest state-of-the-art equipment fitted 

by Life Fitness. 

There are 2 main athletics facilities in the district- Horsfall Athletics Stadium and Greenhead 

Track. These facilities meet the current standard but there are issues with quality and size of 

the facilities to accommodate identified need. The new provision at Greenhead School 

through the BSF programme will address the quality issues. If the Horsfall Playing Fields are 

sold to support the development of Odsal Sports Village, the need to replace the Athletics 

provision will be crucial otherwise there will be a deficit of provision across the district. 

The assessment has also identified 15 synthetic turf pitches (STP) across the district 

(consisting of 14 full size pitches and 2 x half-size) of varying quality and access. This 

indicates an overall deficiency across the district against the Football Association recognised 

standard. An increase in population and participation will further increase the demand for 

these facilities in the future. STPs are well distributed across the district in terms of 

accessibility, as indicated by the catchment areas (20 min drive). However, the majority of 

provision is located in Bradford West. Possible deficiency in parts of Shipley area and 

Bradford South for small sided games areas. 

Known Planned and Proposed Facility Development in Bradford 

There are a number of proposed and planned facility developments within the district which 

are at varying levels of progression and are dependent on assessment of need, planning 

provision and political will. The most prominent key known facility developments which would 

impact upon the overall sporting ‘landscape’ for Bradford are described below: 

• Odsal Sports Village: Odsal Sports Village is a priority of the Council for future 

development within the Bradford South Area. Major redevelopment of the Odsal Site 

currently the home of Bradford Bulls RLFC is proposed in order to provide new stadium 

facilities for the Bulls and to provide modern fit for purpose community sport facilities that 

meet the needs of the local population, wider district and region. There are a number of 

factors that are linked to the concept of Odsal Sports Village, and particularly potential 

developments within the South Bradford area, which will become part of the overall 

sporting offer in the area. For this reason, the logical approach is to consider these 

developments and link investment as part of one overall development, and as part of the 

Sports Village concept. 

Any redevelopment of the Odsal site will lead to the relocation of services from the 

existing Richard Dunn Sports Centre. 

187

• Shipley College: Shipley College is progressing with an application for 'In-principle 

Support' (AiP) to the Learning & Skills Council for funding to build a new sports facility 

near Frizinghall Railway Station adjacent Canal Road/Gaisby Lane. 

At present the college is still looking at both sides of Gaisby Lane but King G V is the 

preferred location. The College is working closely with ARUP, LSC and CBMDC 

Regeneration on this project and hope to have the AiP complete by the end of March 08. 

The provision is intended to be a fully accessible 'Sport England' 4 court sports hall with 

ancillary accommodation plus 21st century classrooms and car parking. There will also 

be a floodlit MACA (Multi Activity Community Area) facility. It is hoped the whole facility 

will be accessible to the public in the evenings and weekends and cater for pupils’ 

demand (Mon-Fri during the day). 

The College have also expressed interest in the potential management of the King 

George V playing fields alongside the new facility and allow all users to benefit from the 

new changing and wider range of facilities. It is intended that the whole Sports Sector 

within the college will relocate to the new facility which will provide for the college needs 

and reduce the dependence on the facilities the college currently uses (which includes 

Victoria Hall, Marley and Baildon Recreation Centre). 

• Leeds Road Sikh Community Centre: The Hindu Cultural Society of Bradford has 

engaged in an ambitious project to build a new Hindu Temple and Community Centre on 

Leeds Road, Bradford. 

The existing Temple and Community Centre was established in a disused Social Club on 

Leeds Road in the 1960s. This building is old and requires constant repair and is also 

insufficient to meet the needs of the Society which has begun to develop an ambitious 

project of a new Temple and Community Centre. These will be separate buildings that 

will look like a single building. The design of Temple is intended to reflect the cultural and 

religious heritage, but also reflect the architectural style of Bradford. 

Plans for the Community Centre include sports facilities for football, badminton, 

basketball and volleyball along with a stage and kitchen facilities. The Society hopes to 

encourage other communities to get to share the cultural and religious heritage. 

Work on the new Temple started in June 2007 and is now well underway. There are 

plans to begin the second phase (the Community and Sports Centre) next year 

depending upon available funding. 

• The Lighthouse Group: The Lighthouse Group's centre in Bradford serves the 

Bradford/ Leeds area, as well as being the organisation's head office. The Bradford 

Centre has three departments delivering an integrated service for young people. A 

proposed Centre of Excellence on Trevor Foster Way in West Bowling is designed to 

188

provide education & training to disaffected young people aged 13 to 19 from across the 

region, primarily the Bradford district. 

The facilities will include a four badminton court sports hall, a small fitness gym and 

changing rooms. All are being built to the Sport England specification and are therefore 

including disability access. The sports facilities will be an integrated part of the daytime 

education and training and will be utilised in afterschool and holiday activities with this 

client group. The Lighthouse Group anticipate making the facilities available to partner 

organisations beyond these times and a business plan is being developed. Completion is 

expected before the end of March 2008. 

The project is funded through a loan (£1.8m), ERDF (£1.6m) and the Lighthouse Group 

funds from the sale of current buildings (£1m), plus a few smaller grants. £50k private 

investment is also required in order to access National Sports Foundation funding. 

Festivals and town centre programmes 

There are more than 200 festivals and events programmed to be celebrated across the 

district from January 2009 and December 2010. The Bradford events calendar, which could 

be accessed through the www.visitbradford.com website, shows a comprehensive list of all 

the current and future events planned for the district. This ranges from classical music 

concerts to film festivals celebrating bradford’s newly gained the World’s First ‘City of Film’ 

status and art exhibitions to vintage car exhibitions. 

Most of the major events and festivals are organised throughout the summer months e.g. 

Bradford Mela, Bingley Music Live, Ilkley Literature Festival, Bingley Show and Bradford city 

centre events. Events traditionally held in the winter months include a Victorian Fayre and a 

Christmas Carol Service. 

Bradford is also well-known for its three film festivals including the Bradford Film Festival 

(March), Bite the Mango (September) and the Bradford Animation Festival (November) 

which are organised by the National Media Museum. 

Other highlights include the Ilkley Summer Festival, the Saltaire Festival and Christmas 

events in Haworth. 

The events in Bradford with the highest profile include: 

• Bingley Music Live: is the largest music event in the District. The 3 day music festival 

attracts 40,000 visitors to the area each year in early September. The festival has grown 

over the past few years and now attracts well respected artists from the national festival 

circuit. 

• Bradford Mela: usually held over a weekend in June, the Bradford Mela has been running 

since 1989 and attracts up to 140,000 people annually. It provides an opportunity for the 

local community to come together to share and celebrate their culture. Events include 

189

markets, bazaars, international food stalls, art, crafts, educational ‘zones’ and traditional and 

contemporary music, dance and theatre. 

• Bradford International Film Festival: first festival was held in 1995. The event showcases 

classic films as well as works of new and up-coming European directors. 

• Bite the Mango: initially conceived as a showcase for black and Asian filmmakers in Britain, 

it now attracts cinema from Africa, South Asia, Central America and the Far East. It 

showcases a mix of feature films, documentaries, shorts, masterclasses and seminars. 

• Bradford Animation Festival: UK’s longest running and biggest animation festival which 

includes talks, workshops and the annual BAF awards celebrating best in new animation 

from around the world. 

• Bradford International Market: Held in 2004 and 2006 in the city centre with stallholders 

from many countries and extensive entertainments. In 2006, the event is estimated to have 

attracted 700,000 visitors from across the region and generated revenue of over £9 million. 

• Bradford Classic: Vintage vehicles on display in the city centre. In 2006 it was held in 

Centenary Square, 120 cars were displayed and 6,000 people attended the show. 

There is increasing use of the Big Screen in Centenary Square to attract audiences and 

people downtown for example for televised concerts and opera. The Council owns the 

screen. 

Markets 

Bradford Council manages markets in the following locations:- 

Indoor 

Kirkgate Market, Bradford: Located in the Kirkgate Centre, this shopping hall sells a wide 

range of commodity from fancy goods to footwear and designer jeans to duvets all usually at 

lower prices than high street retailers. 

The market is open: Mon, Tues, Thur, Fri and Sat 9am - 5pm and Wed 9am - 3pm. 

Oastler Shopping Centre: This venue is located off Westgate in the City's Northern 

Quarter. A newly created food hall offers quality fish, meat and fresh fruit and vegetables 

from all over the world. The centre has lift access from the adjacent car park, shop mobility 

facilities and nine cafes and food outlets. 

Keighley Market: Located in the centre of Keighley, the Market has long tradition of being a 

colourful and lively shopping destination with quality food retailers to the latest in fashion, 

jewellery, materials, homeware and more. It's easily accessible by public transport or via car. 

190

The market is open: Mon, Wed, Thurs, Fri and Sat 8.30am – 5pm; Tues 8.30am – 2pm 

Wholesale 

St James Market: St. James Wholesale Market is located on a six-acre site off the A650 

Wakefield Road, Bradford. It is easily accessible from the city centre and only minutes away 

from the motorway links to the M62, M1, etc. 

Ample parking is provided for buyers in the main hall where the bulk of the selling takes 

place. A wide range of fresh fruit and vegetables, exotic produce and flowers are available. 

In response to demand, the product range has been extended in recent years to include prepacked 

supplies to cater for restaurant owners. 

The market is open from 5.00am - 11.00am Monday - Friday and from 5.00am - 9.30am on 

Saturday 

Outdoor 

Shipley Market: Shipley Open Market provides a focal point to the town centre; the open 

market operates on a Monday selling a great selection of second-hand items and bric-abrac. 

On a Friday and Saturday, a wide selection of miscellaneous goods and fresh food 

products are available on over 40 stalls. 

Opening time: Monday (second hand) 9.30am - 4.30pm; Friday 9.30am - 4.30pm; Saturday 

9.30am - 4.30pm 

Bingley Market: Bingley Open Market now trades on the newly refurbished Town Square 

with 36 stalls featuring Fresh Bread, Fish, Meat and Game, Fresh Fruit & Vegetables, 

Flowers & Plants, Shoes and much more. 

Opening time: Wednesday 8.30am - 4.30pm; Friday 8.30am - 4.30pm; Saturday 8.30am - 

4.30pm 

Table: Number and Types of Stalls in Bradford Markets 

Keighley Kirkgate Oastler St James Shipley Bingley 

Market Bradford Bradford Market Market Market 

Type Of Stalls ** Total 

(No (No 

Adult clothing - Ladies/Mens 

Adult clothing ladies 

Bakers and Confectioners 

4 

1 

3 

5 

0 

10 

0 

0 

0 

0 

details 

of 

stalls) 

details 

of 

stalls) 

7 

15 

1 

Books and Stationery 1 1 2 0 4 

Butcher 7 0 6 0 13 

Car accessories 0 1 0 0 1 

Charity Shop 0 0 1 0 1 

Café/Takeaway 3 5 10 0 18 

Childrens wear 3 3 2 0 8 

China and Ceramics 1 0 0 0 

1 

191

Clothing and shoe repair 1 0 2 0 3 

Computer Services 0 0 1 0 1 

Cosmetics and perfumes 1 2 1 0 4 

Cosmetics / Household 

0 0 1 0 1 

goods 

Crafts 3 0 0 0 3 

Electrical household goods 1 1 2 0 4 

Fish 0 0 1 1 2 

Footwear 1 4 2 0 7 

Fruit and vegetables 1 1 5 1 8 

Frozen Foods 0 0 2 0 2 

Furniture / Carpets 0 0 2 0 2 

General foods 0 2 7 4 13 

Greeting cards 1 2 0 0 3 

Haberdashery 2 0 2 0 4 

Hair products 0 1 0 0 1 

Hair dressers and 

0 1 1 0 2 

hairproducts 

Home entertainment 0 1 1 0 2 

Household textiles 2 2 2 0 6 

Jewellery 2 3 5 0 10 

Jokes and novelties 0 1 0 0 1 

Key Cutting 0 0 1 0 1 

Kitchenware 0 1 0 0 1 

Leather goods 1 1 1 0 3 

Lighting 1 0 0 0 1 

Lingerie 1 1 1 0 3 

Mobile phones 1 1 2 0 4 

Nail/beauty 1 1 1 0 3 

Newsagent 1 0 2 0 3 

Optician 0 0 2 0 2 

Pets and pet supplies 2 1 0 0 3 

Picture and picture framing 1 0 1 0 2 

Printing services 0 1 0 0 1 

Second Hand / Bric-A-Brac 0 0 2 0 2 

Services 0 1 5 2 8 

Startup Units 0 0 1 0 1 

Superintendents office 1 0 1 0 2 

Sweets and confectionery 1 0 0 0 1 

Toys 0 2 2 0 4 

Underwear 0 0 1 0 1 

Wholesale Fruit & 

Vegetables 

0 0 0 21 21 

Wholesale Paper & 

0 0 0 3 3 

Packaging 

Wholesale Plants & Flowers 0 0 0 1 1 

Total 46 49 91 33 40+ 36 

Total Market Stalls 295* 

* This accounts for 40 stalls at Shipley Outdoor Market. 

** These totals do not include any of the outdoor markets stalls as a breakdown is not available. 

Source: http://www.bradfordmarkets.com/index.php 

192

Food stores 

According to the Bradford District Retail and Leisure Study (WYG, 2008) supermarkets 

within the district cater for almost two-third (72%) of the main food shopping done by the 

district’s residents. The district is well represented by a number of supermarkets ranging 

from the branches of all main national multiples to locally developed chain food stores. 

Tesco has traditionally dominated the grocery sector in the UK and so has in Bradford with 

by far the largest market share (49%) of all main food shopping trips. Asda, Morrisons and 

Sainsbury are also well represented throughout the district operating mainly from the town 

and district centres. Branches of Netto, Lidl and Aldi are also concentrated in and around 

the main urban areas of the district. On the other hand Co-op convenience stores have a 

much wider reach than any other supermarkets with their branches located in many rural 

areas of the district including local and village centres. 

Figure: Locations of all major supermarkets within Bradford 

Source: Bradford Retail and Leisure Study (WYG, 2008) 

The table below provides a list of supermarkets located within the city, town and district 

centres of the district. 

Table: Supermarkets in City, Town and District Centres 

Bradford City Centre 

• Morrisons, Westgate 

• Marks and Spencer, Darley Street 

Bingley Town Centre 

• Co-op, Myrtle Walk, Bingley 

Ilkley Town Centre 

• Tesco, Springs Lane, Ilkley 

• Booths, Ilkley 

• Co-op Late Shops, Brook Street, Ilkley 

193

• Marks and Spencer, Station Road, Ilkley 

Keighley Town Centre 

• Morrisons, Worth Way, Keighley 

• Sainsburys, Cavendish Street, Keighley 

• Asda, Bingley Street, Keighley 

• Aldi, Gresley Road, Keighley 

• Netto, Keighley 

• Marks and Spencer, Low Street, Keighley 

• Iceland, Gresley Road, Keighley 

• Farmfoods, Cooke Lane, Keighley 

Shipley Town Centre 

• ASDA, Manor Lane, Shipley 

• Aldi, Tony Miller Approach, Briggate, Shipley 

• Co-op Late Shops, Wrose Road, Shipley 

District Centres 

• Five Lane Ends- Morrissons, Enterprise 5, 275 Bradford Road, Idle. 

• Girlington- Morrissons, Victoria Shopping Centre, Young Street. 

• Greaton Horton- Tesco Extra, 

• Greengates- Sainsbury, 760 Harrogate Road. 

• Mayo Avenue- Morrissons, 110 Mayo Avenue. 

• Thornbury- Morrissons, Rushton Avenue. 

• Tong Street- Netto, Oasby Croft, off Tong Street. 

Source: Bradford Retail and Leisure Study (WYG, 2008) 

All the district centres in Bradford has at least one supermarket serving the catchment. The 

only local centre to attract any significant proportion of main food shopping trips is 

Buttershaw, which contains a large-format Tesco. Apart from these, the other important freestanding 

stores include Asda at Rooley Lane and Tesco at the Peel Centre, Valley Road. In 

terms of foodstore outside the district, the Morrisons at Otley Road, Guiseley (Leeds 

authority area) is appear to be the most popular to the resident of the district. 

194

3. NEXT STEPS 

This report has been deliberately left in ‘Draft’ and will be supplemented with additional 

information during the course of the preparation of the Core Strategy. As part of the ongoing 

consultation process, this report is made publicly available for statutory consultees and other 

consultees for comment and review. 

The next stage of the Local Infrastructure Plan will involve an assessment of what 

infrastructure will be required to support development within the District over the Plan period. 

This will be undertaken via the Local Infrastructure Delivery Plan. 

This will require joint working with key partners including external organisations as the 

implementation of solutions often falls to an agency other than the local planning authority. 

The Local Infrastructure Plan will aid all parties to identify and prioritise infrastructure 

provision as part of an integrated approach to planning and infrastructure development and 

delivery. This will ensure services can match demand and that growth is sustainable. 

The framework to be produced and to be incorporated into the Core Strategy will give a clear 

steer on who is responsible for implementing policies and proposals, by when and the 

resources that will be required. This approach will give greater confidence in the 

deliverability of the LDF for Bradford District. 

195

Appendix 1: Bradford Waste Transfer and Landfill Facilities Location Maps 

2.1 Current transfer from Bradford to Welbeck landfill 

196

2.2 Current transfer from Keighley to Skibden landfill 

197

2.3 Household waste recycling centres and recycling drop-off points 

198

2.4 Municipal waste transfer stations in Bradford and Keighley 

199

Appendix 2: List of Scheduled Monuments in the Bradford District 

200

201

202

203

204

Appendix 3: List of schools in Bradford 

Catholic primary and secondary schools 

1. Our Lady & St Brendan's Catholic Primary School 

2. Our Lady of Victories Catholic Primary School 

3. St Anne's Catholic Primary School 

4. St Anthony's Catholic Primary School (Clayton) 

5. St Anthony's Catholic Primary School (Shipley) 

6. St Clare's Catholic Primary School 

7. St Columba's Catholic Primary School 

8. St Cuthbert & the First Martyrs' Catholic Primary School 

9. St Francis' Catholic Primary School 

10. St John the Evangelist Catholic Primary School 

11. St Joseph's Catholic Primary School (Keighley) 

12. St Joseph's Catholic Primary School (Bingley) 

13. St Joseph's Catholic Primary School (Bradford) 

14. St Mary's Catholic Primary School 

15. St Matthew's Catholic Primary School 

16. St Peter's Catholic Primary School 

17. St Walburga's Catholic Primary School 

18. St William's Catholic Primary School 

19. St Winefride's Catholic Primary School 

20. The Sacred Heart Catholic Primary School 

21. St Bede's Catholic Grammar School 

22. St Joseph's Catholic College 

23. The Holy Family Catholic School 

24. Yorkshire Martyrs Catholic College 

CofE primary and secondary schools 

1. All Saints' CE Primary School (Bradford) 

2. All Saints' CE Primary School (Ilkley) 

3. Baildon CE Primary School 

4. Burley and Woodhead CE Primary School 

5. Clayton CE Primary School 

6. East Morton CE Primary School 

7. Heaton St Barnabas' CE Primary School 

8. Hill Top CE Primary School 

9. Idle CE Primary School 

10. Keighley St Andrew's CE Primary School 

11. Low Moor CE Primary School 

12. Oxenhope CE Primary School 

13. Princeville Primary School 

14. Riddlesden St Mary's CE Primary School 

15. Shipley CE Primary School 

16. St John's CE Primary School 

17. St Luke's CE Primary School 

18. St Matthew's CE Primary School 

19. St Oswald's CE Primary School 

20. St Paul's CE Primary School 

21. St Philip's CE Primary School 

22. St Stephen's CE Primary School 

23. Trinity All Saints CE Primary School 

205

24. Westminster CE Primary School 

25. Windhill CE Primary School 

26. Woodlands CE Primary School 

27. Wycliffe CE Primary School 

28. Immanuel CE Community College 

Muslim secondary schools 

1. Feversham College 

Foundation schools 

1. Foxhill Primary School 


3. Hollingwood Primary School 

4. Keelham Primary School 

5. Killinghall Primary School 

6. Myrtle Park Primary School 

7. Oakworth Primary School 

8. Russell Hall School 


10. Hanson School 

11. Laisterdyke Business & Enterprise College 

12. Oakbank School 

13. Thornton Grammar School 

Specialist schools 

1. Strong Close Nursery School 



4. Eldwick Primary School 

5. Girlington Primary School 

6. Newby Primary School 



9. Beckfoot School 

10. Belle Vue Girls' School 

11. Bingley Grammar School 

12. Challenge College 

13. Grange Technology College 




17. Parkside School 

18. Queensbury School 

19. Rhodesway School 

20. Salt Grammar School 





25. Tong School 


27. Lister Lane Special School 

State special schools 

1. Bolling Special School 

206

2. Braithwaite Special School 

3. Branshaw Special School 

4. Chapel Grange Special School 

5. Greenfield Special School 

6. Haycliffe Special School 

7. Heaton Royds Special School 

8. Lister Lane Special School 

9. Netherlands Avenue School and Community Nursery 

10. Thorn Park School for Deaf Children 

11. Wedgwood School and Community Nursery 

Voluntary aided schools 

































33. Bradford Cathedral Community College 







Voluntary controlled schools 

207







7. St James' Church Primary School 








15. Ilkley Grammar School 

State nursery schools 

1. Abbey Green Nursery School 

2. Canterbury Children's Centre 

3. Hirst Wood Nursery School 

4. Lilycroft Nursery School 

5. Midland Road Nursery School 

6. St Edmund's Nursery School 

7. Strong Close Nursery School 

State primary schools 

1. Addingham Primary School 

2. Aire View Infant School 



5. Allerton Primary School 

6. Ashlands Primary School 

7. Atlas Primary School 


9. Bankfoot Primary School 

10. Barkerend Primary School 

11. Ben Rhydding Primary School 

12. Blakehill Primary School 

13. Bowling Park Primary School 

14. Brackenhill Primary School 

15. Bradford Moor Community Primary School 


17. Burley Oaks Primary School 

18. Buttershaw Primary School 

19. Byron Primary School 

20. Carrwood Primary School 

21. Cavendish Primary School 


23. Clayton Village Primary School 

24. Cooper Lane Primary School 

25. Copthorne Primary School 

26. Cottingley Village Primary School 

27. Crossflatts Primary School 

208

28. Crossley Hall Primary School 

29. Cullingworth Primary School 

30. Denholme Primary School 


32. Eastburn Junior and Infant School 

33. Eastwood Primary School 

34. Eldwick Primary School 

35. Fagley Primary School 

36. Farnham Primary School 

37. Fearnville Primary School 

38. Feversham Primary School 

39. Foxhill Primary School 

40. Frizinghall Primary School 

41. Girlington Primary School 

42. Glenaire Primary School 

43. Grange Road Primary School 

44. Green Lane Primary School 

45. Greengates Primary School 

46. Grove House Primary School 

47. Guard House Primary School 

48. Harden Primary School 

49. Haworth Primary School 

50. Heaton Primary School 


52. High Crags Primary School 

53. High Fernley Primary School 


55. Hollingwood Primary School 

56. Holybrook Primary School 

57. Holycroft Primary School 

58. Horton Park Primary School 

59. Hothfield Junior School 

60. Hoyle Court Primary School 


62. Ingrow Primary School 

63. Iqra Community Primary School 

64. Keelham Primary School 


66. Killinghall Primary School 

67. Knowleswood Primary School 

68. Lapage Primary School 

69. Laycock Primary School 

70. Lees Primary School 

71. Ley Top Primary School 

72. Lidget Green Primary School 

73. Lilycroft Primary School 

74. Lister Primary School 

75. Long Lee Primary School 

76. Low Ash Primary School 


78. Lower Fields Primary School 

209

79. Margaret McMillan Primary School 

80. Marshfield Primary School 

81. Menston Primary School 

82. Miriam Lord Community Primary School 

83. Myrtle Park Primary School 

84. Nessfield Primary School 

85. Newby Primary School 

86. Newhall Park Primary School 

87. Oakworth Primary School 

88. Oldfield Primary School 




92. Parkland Primary School 

93. Parkwood Primary School 

94. Peel Park Primary School 

95. Poplars Farm Primary School 

96. Priestthorpe Primary School 

97. Princeville Primary School 

98. Reevy Hill Primary School 


100. Russell Hall School 

101. Ryecroft Primary School 

102. Saltaire Primary School 

103. Sandal Primary School 

104. Sandy Lane Primary School 

105. Shibden Head Primary School 


107. Shirley Manor Primary School 

108. Southmere Primary School 

109. Springwood Community Primary School 








117. St James' Church Primary School 













210






135. Stanbury Village School 

136. Steeton Primary School 

137. Stocks Lane Primary School 

138. Swain House Primary School 

139. Thackley Primary School 


141. Thornbury Primary School 

142. Thornton Primary School 

143. Thorpe Primary School 


145. Usher Street Primary School 

146. Victoria Primary School 

147. Wellington Primary School 

148. Westbourne Primary School 


150. Westwood Park Primary School 

151. Whetley Primary School 

152. Wibsey Primary School 

153. Wilsden Primary School 



156. Woodside Primary School 

157. Worth Valley Primary School 

158. Worthinghead Primary School 


State secondary schools 

1. Beckfoot School 

2. Belle Vue Boys' School 

3. Belle Vue Girls' School 


5. Bradford Cathedral Community College 

6. Buttershaw High School 

7. Carlton Bolling College 

8. Challenge College 


10. Grange Technology College 

11. Greenhead High School 


13. Ilkley Grammar School 



16. Nab Wood Grammar School 


18. Parkside School 

19. Queensbury School 

20. Rhodesway School 

211

21. Salt Grammar School 





26. Tong School 

27. Wyke Manor & Community College 


Appendix 4: Phase 1 and 2 Children’s Centres in the Bradford district. 

212

213

214

Produced by the 

City of Bradford Metropolitan District 

Council 

Local Development 

Framework Group

Bradford District Local Infrastructure Baseline Study - working draft ...

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

Delete template?

Save as template?